Mathematical Handbook
Mathematical Handbook
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
CONTAINING
THE
FORMULAS
CHIEF
CIRCULAR
OF
ALGEBRA,
TRIGONOMETRY,
HYPERBOLIC
AND
DIFFERENTIAL
FUNCTIONS,
AND
INTEGRAL
AND
CALCULUS,
CAL
ANALYTI-
GEOMETRY
TOGETHEB
WITH
MATHEMATICAL
TABLES
SELECTED
AND
ARRANGED
BY
EDWIN
FORMERLY
P.
SEAVER,
ASSISTANT
PROFESSOR
HARVARD
OF
LL.B.
MATHEMATICS
UNIVERSITY
YORK
NEW
McGRAW
A.M.,
PUBLISHING
1907
COMPANY
IN
\\v"nXv- ^"\"\
01
/
i
"
r\
sj
!X\*
X\S~
f \x,v%
Cw
1907,
COPYBIGHT,
BY
EDWIN
P.
SEAVEB
MASSACHUSETTS
WABAN,
Stanbope
r.
H.
QILIOH
BOSTON,
press
COMPANY
U.
S.
A.
PREFACE.
The
which
uses
pointed
out.
relating
to
his
"
as
table
of
the
the
The
much
receives
only
those
Tables
in
have
will
will
be
be
been
not
efforts
have
of
need
that
the
first
edition
from
that
promptly
additions
invited
with
to
a
view
has
been
more
include
not
those
Bodies
(v
the
of
of
bers,
Num-
2\/gh)
of
"
any
and
the
to
the
their
and
use
the
in
1907.
iii
persons
the
kind
probability
im-
should
publishers
be
may
detected
corrections
necessary
of
but
of
this
and
that
errors
published.
book
of
writer
and
reminded
book
correctness
secure
tables
be
The
of
to
of
Also,
suggestions
other
improvements
possible
future
E.
June,
now
"
the
not
received,
made
Analytic
Logarithms
and
error.
notice
on
which
like
some
spared
been
work
free
ments.
enlarge-
and
which
added,
Falling
formulas
the
revision
readily accessible.
such
thankfully
desirable
of
Velocity
referred
a
Functions,
Natural
the
it
Sections
Calculus,
formerly,
also
but
in
only add,
can
the
printing
absolutely
be
of
hitherto
no
experienced
are
of
been
course
the
have
Functions,
that
and
Of
than
whom
important
added
Hyperbolic
universally used,
Hyperbolic
that
of
its
to
suggested
been
and
found
often
was
with
Integral
attention
more
has
book
it
engineer,
it
struction
in-
purpose
of
copy
whom
have
its
part
for
syllabus
served
engineer
and
as
stray
by
there
subject
fully treated.
be
to
the
composed
civil
original
Differential
Geometry.
It
a
and
This
Accordingly
Algebra,
it
well-known
memory."
of
used
But
useful,
republication
and
writer
classes.
print.
constantly
proved
to
of
the
and
college
out
the
to
his
need
hardly
serve
may
ago
years
Trigonometry
went
way
book
'
Some
in
soon
this
P.
tions.
ediS.
CONTENTS.
FORMULAS
I.
OF
ALGEBRA.
PAGE
The
general
laws
algebra
ordinary
of
The
law
of
Association
The
law
of
Commutation
The
law
of
Distribution
Definitions
laws
and
Fractions
of
0, 1,
symbols,
the
and
oo
.
Ratios
and
Proportions
Powers
Products
The
and
Binomial
Factors
Theorem
8
9
Inequalities
Roots
10
Surds
11
The
Imaginary
Complex
Unit,
i,
its
and
12
powers
12
Numbers
Logarithms
14
Permutations
Combinations
and
16
17
Determinants
Quadratic
Equations
Equations
of
21
nth
the
Cubic
Equations:
Series
21
degree
Rule
Cardan's
23
Arithmetic
24
Geometric
24
Harmonic
25
Binomial
26
Exponential
27
Logarithmic
and
Interest
28
Annuities
and
Probabilities
n.
30
FORMULAS
OF
FUNCTIONS
CIRCULAR
AND
OF
TRIGONOMETRY.
Definitions
and
reference
with
General
The
to
definitions
Cardinal
fundamental
values
relations
fundamental
of
of
angle
relations
an
of
arc,
and
its
the
of
the
functions
31
angle
acute
angle,
of
and
of
their
functions
36
functions
functions
32
generalized
37
vi
CONTENTS
.
PAOB
Inverse
functions,
Values
functions
of
Formulas
certain
for
terms
of
each
of
40
and
negative
lines.
Positive
and
negative
angles
Functions
of
of
the
Functions
of
Functions
and
sum
the
Functions
sum
of
and
the
multiple
Functions
of
half
Expressions
Functions
of
cos-1
Relations
of
A=
A,
A
A
cos
a,
180"
180",
"
43
A=*a.
tan
a,
45
functions
45
angles
47
48
A,
sin
to
Values
A,
cos
to
the
of
arc
to
A,
tan
49
etc.
Angle
or
51
...
circular
inverse
the
x, tan-1
360", 360"-
angle
an
Periodic
of
43
A,
sin
equivalent
Equivalents
42
angles
two
43
A,A"
of
of
of
angles
90"
90",
products
difference
the
angle
equations
Functions
41
42
three
negative
270", 270"
"
Projections
of
of
A-]"
of
Solution
Sums
in
others
Positive
*39
angles
function
each
expressing
the
38
anti-functions
or
sin-1
functions
x,
52
x, etc
exponential,
circular,
and
logarithmic
tions
func-
54
General
Properties
Properties
of
plane
of
inscribed
quadrilateral
56
triangles
in
59
circle
.
Solutions
Special
plane
of
plane
for
60
triangles
right
formulas
triangles
right
in
extreme
61
cases
Solutions
General
properties
Solutions
spherical
of
spherical
of
62
triangles
oblique
plane
of
67
triangles
Solutions
Special
spherical
of
formulas
spherical
74
triangles
oblique
for
72
.*
triangles
right
triangles
right
in
extreme
82
cases
Accurate
computation
Uses
near
angles
of
of
0"
and
90".
near
and
83
HYPERBOLIC
m.
FUNCTIONS.
Definitions
Relations
85
functions
hyperbolic
of
to
one
87
other
....
Relations
the
Hyperbolic
Variations
Relations
The
addition
hyperbolic
between
same
and
circular
functions
of
88
variable
functions
of
Cardinal
and
between
hyperbolic
and
THEREFROM
subtraction
negative
88
variable
Values
'
and
trigonometric
formula
and
89
formulas
formulas
89
duced
de-
89
Vii
CONTENTS
PAGE
Hyperbolic
functions
Periodicity
of
Hyperbolic
anti-functions
of
90
variable
complex
91
functions
hyperbolic
as
expressed
91
logarithms
...
The
Gudermannian
function
DIFFERENTIAL
IV.
92
angle
and
INTEGRAL
AND
CALCULUS.
Limits
93
Definitions
Fundamental
93
notation
and
95
formulas
Differentials
integrals
and
Additional
integrals
Successive
the
of
simple
of
simpler
functions
of
96
102
form
104
differentiation
Taylor's
Theorem,
Circular
and
Theorem
Maclaurin's
functions
hyperbolic
105
expressed
in
106
series.
.
Bernoulli's
Euler's
and
Evaluation
109
forms
indeterminate
of
107
numbers
Partial
differential
Change
of
independent
Maxima
and
minima
Integration
rational
Of
irrational
Reduction
113
algebraic
algebraic
Miscellaneous
Definite
115
119
functions
the
for
integration,
trigonometric
the
114
functions
fractions
proper
formulas
of
112
variable
rational
of
Of
110
coeffcients
of
integral
124
functions
126
integrals
".
integrals
Approximate
Simpson's
integration.
Differential
equations
Homogeneous
Linear
ers
pow-
of
the
differential
128
Rule
129
order
131
first
132
equations
132
equations
differential
Differential
equations
Differential
equations
of
second
the
of
the
n**
133
order
order
with
constant
135
coefficients
Vo
The
point
and
the
Transformation
The
of
general
Special
equation
GEOMETRY.
ANALYTIC
straight
line
in
137
plane
142
coordinates
of
the
second
145
degree
148-160
formulas
~
for the
14"
Circle
.
for Conic
Sections
150
for the
Ellipse
151
for the
Hyperbola
152
for the
Parabola
154
Diameters
158
VlH
CONTENTS
General
properties
Tangents
curves
plane
of
paob
Normals
and
160-165
Curvature
165
Evolutes
166
Areas
167
Lengths
of
168
arcs
Envelopes
168
Pedal
169
curves
169
Trajectories
The
Cycloid
The
Epicycloid
The
Epitrochoid
The
Catenary
The
involute
and
173
Tractrix
174
175
circle
176
curves
Spiral
Archimedes
of
177
177
curves
Hyperbolic
177
Spiral
Logarithmic
The
171
Hypotrochoid
the
the
and
Hyperbolic
The
Hypocycloid
the
and
op
Parabolic
The
170
178
curves
Spiral
Logarithmic
178
,
The
Lemniscate,
wltch
the
folium,
llmacon,
Cubic
Trisectrix,
polar
Miscellaneous
rectangular
the
point,
the
the
curve,
the
the
Cartesian
179-181
181
equations
181
equations
and
line,
the
plane
in
182
space
.
of
The
general
The
straight
The
general
of
equation
equation
185
plane
188
space
in
line
184
coordinates
of
the
second
degree
in
three
191
variables
Transformation
of
Curved
surfaces
Curves
of
Helix
conchoid,
the
logocyclic
Cassini
of
straight
Transformation
The
Quadri-
Folium,
Quadratrix,
the
Ovals
Miscellaneous
The
agnesi,
of
folium,
the
Ovals,the
Descartes'
Cissoid,
the
double
the
general
equation
192
195
curvature
198
201
TABLES.
PAGE
I.
Roots
III.
IV.
V.
Squares,
of
from
II.
Square
Cubes,
Squares,
to
numbers
of
205-224
226-243
numbers
of
coefficients
Natural
Reciprocals
and
Cube
Roots,
1000
Logarithms
Binomial
Cube
Roots,
Factorials
and
244
Logarithms
Natural
trigonometric
VI.
Natural
Sines
VII.
Natural
Tangents
Natural
Secants
245-248
functions,
Cosines,
and
three
to
five
to
249
places
250-251
places
.
VIII.
IX.
Logarithms
Cotangents,
and
Cosecants,
and
five
to
Trigonometric
of
five
to
252-253
places
254-255
places
Functions,
to
five
256-260
places
X.
XI.
Arcs,
Xllla.
XlVa.
Vb.
Hyperbolic
the
Function
of
i (e"
"
e~
Logarithms
Values
266
Hyperbolic
the
Logarithms
Function
")
268
the
of
of
267
same
the
of
Values
u
264-265
of
Logarithms
Common
Common
Volumes
i(ea-e-")
Natural
XV6.
and
Circle
Values
Common
Natural
Circles
of
261
262-263
of
Natural
XVa.
Areas
and
Segments
Cosh
XI
and
Angles
Spheres
Sinhu
XIII6.
Tangents,
Circumferences
of
XII.
Sines,
Solid
Tanh
of
269
same
270
270
same
the
Constants
271
Weights
and
Gravitation
Measures
and
the
272-276
length
of
the
Seconds
dulum
Pen277
Table
of
Velocities
due
to
lx
Gravity
279
I.
SECTION
ALGEBRA.
The
The
I.
General
Laws
Common
of
Algebra.
of Association.
Law
a+b+
c="a
a+b
a
"
"
a"b
"
abc
(6+
c),
(b-
c),
c),
a"
(b
a"
(6
(be)
ox!itc
Cv6-f-c
(a")
c),
c,
cx
(6-5-c),
a.v
(6
c)
Av6xc
wherein
+
or
indirect
2*
the
of
concurrence
and
x;
sign
the
or
"
c)
-h
c)
JVi6 Law
c)
Me
signs
of
concurrence
the
gives
unlike
signs
Thus,
-*-.
c)
(6-f-c),
av
c)
c)-xc,
-s-
c)
c,
c,
+(
c,
c,
+(xc)-tc.
o/ Commutation.
a
a-6"=-6
a"
6 +
a,
a,
6a,
ax6xc-axcx6,
ax"vc
o-fcx",
o-f6xc
axc-f6.
1
-*-
c,
c,
direct
gives
sign
the
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
The
3.
For
Law
of
Distribution.
multiplication,
a(b+
c)
("a"b)x("c"d)
("b)
wherein
the
the
by
If
the
sign
sign
.
( + a)
(+
c)
c)
For
a)
determined
are
has
factors
with
with
like
unlike
signs,
signs,
it must
have
it must
="
ac,
(+
a)
ac,
a)
( + c)
c)
ac,
ac.
division,
("a"6)
with
the
If the
signs,
("c)-+("a)
following
dividend
the
signs, it
( + a)
( + c)
a)
Otherwise
c)
of
divisor
must
have
must
the
cannot
they
sign
( + a)
(a
c),
+(-fl)
this law
"I-
"
be
Thus,
-s-
( + c)
c)
is
sign
."a,"b
"(77)-?
divisor
; if
the
c),
rule
have
-s-
"c
\"
like
(a
expressed,
same
have
"i
the
partial quotient
"a"b
with
("c),
("c)+("6)
partial quotient
unlike
have
The
ad"6c""d,
="ac"
Thus,
("a)x("cf)
partial product
; if factors
ac,
rule:
partial product
the
("d)
each
of
signs
following
have
("6)
+("a)x("c)
("c)
ab
distributed.
"c
is,
+(^)-v
I
4-
/"
(a
"*"
c)
-(flrc).
ALGEBRA
Definitions
of the
Laws
and
0, 1, and
0
4.
"6+0
a-a-*-a
oo.
l"Xa-*-a"-*-axa,
a,
*axl
=-"6-0,
Ox("6)=("6)xO
0,
("6)-0,
+6-0
of
A
If
cc,
00
x("6)
00
+("6)-"oo,
("6)xoo
to
represent
quantity,
xB
If
-^-"
If
-^2?
either
0,
both
or
and
"
and
is not
0, then
and
is not
0, then
Oxoo,
O-i-0
in
cases
Equivalent
or
of
-s-
determine
to
arise.
they
Ratios.
and
notation,
"
a/6.
7.
Addition
of
fractions,
a
8.
Subtraction
d~
'
bd
of fractions.
Multiplication
-~
'
d"
6d
of fractions,
a
be
"d
9.
be
ad+
jc
and
"
00"00
which
forms
0.
00
Fractions
6.
0.
oo
00-5-00
or-,
0,
the
pressions
ex-
00
"
forms
algebraic
two
any
'
or
The
-"00,
("6)^("oo)=0.
and
Using
5.
*a-*-l,
xl-4-1.
+0--0.
Symbols
_c
d~
ac
M"
See
their
values
pages
109,
in
110.
MATHEMATICAL
io.
Division
of
HANDBOOK
fractions,
ad
be
Proportions.
ii.
15.
If
If
then
d,
x,
ad
then
bc.
"
16.
If
"
d,
then
ic
"
"
"
17-
If
then
pA
1
8.
If
between
19.
and
If
20.
The
geometric
two
then
c,
rC
Vac,
+
.
geometric
one
mean
c.
qB
: c
d, then
between
means
reciprocal of
is
and
"
^ad?,
d.
a-1,
"
i/a2d
and
i-
of
(r
lisa-/^"1'
of
\a/
21.
If
"
then
"
and
"
are
inversely
recivro-
or
cally proportional
to
and
:b
6; and
the
proportion
may
be
written
or
22.
If
varies
as
p,
p-1
gr-1.
directly then
,
'
xi
wherein
xlf yx
of
values
23.
If
a:
and
the
varies
X2
Vi
"
variables
as
simultaneous
and
IJ2
y.
.1
or
xx
as
the
example,
square
the
force
of the
Qi
1/1
~
~"~
"*'2
"
x2
"
2/1*2/2
t/2
of
~"
"""
yt.
gravitation, g,
"
02
*2
ing
correspond-
inversely, then
"t/j
For
or
t:
a\2
"
tt
d32
"
varies
is
"*22: ^i2x
2
inversely
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
Powers.
24.
( + a)n
25.
(-a)2n=
26.
(-a)2"
an.
a2n.
+
+
1=--a2"
3I-
amxa-n-am
32.
am
cwxcn
28.
am
am
29.
an
am
-s-
an
am-
"
a0
fl"-ffl-n
If a"
45.
If
46.
log
47.
log
1=0.
48.
The
"
n.
34.
(am)n
1.
35.
(a5)m
36.
(")"-".
6-n
1, then
a*
1, then
""
00
a2
fc2
(a
50.
a8
b3
(a
51.
a3 +
"8
52.
an
(a -6)
53.
be
54.
if
a-00.
"
"co
"
0.
00
.
=00.
0", l00, 00
49.
ambm.
00
"
Products
if
"
(an)"".
See
109.
page
and
0, and
amn
\a/
an
=00,
log
forms
a~n
\6/
44.
Cn
n.
a",a"-a-"-i.
30.
amxan.
1.
33.
27.
a-n
an.
be
55.
an
(a
bn
b).
6) (a2 +
ab
62).
6) (a2
a"
62).
(a"-1
-bn
b) (a
Factors.
and
4-
(a
an"26
") (an
an~zb2
+
.
an
~2b
an
a"-3^
always.
b"-1),
-6n
_1),
even.
an
bn
(a
b) (an~
an~2b
x
-
odd.
(x
a) (x
b)
x2 +
(a
6)
a".
b"-1),
ALGEBRA
56.
(x
(x
57.
a)(x
a)(x
4-
(a
59.
(a-6)2-a2-2a6
60.
(a
61.
(a
For
the
78
see
to
6)8
4-
6)8
abcd.
3a26
formula
4-
the
d)"
cd) 3?
bd+
bcd)x
4-
4-
giving
6s
63
any
a8 4- 68 +
3a6(a
a3
3a6(a
63
of
power
6).
6).
binomial,
b +
(a.-
d +
4-
c)2
c)2
-Y
e)2
2a(6 +c+d+e)
a2 4-
2a(6
a2
2a(6
(a2 4- abV2
"2 +
a3 4-
(a4-6
b2
4-
4-
2-
4-
b2 +
26(c
(P+2de+
every
term
4-
62
c)
4-
b2 4- 26c
62)(a2
-
2bc
a"
a6V2
4-
d +
e)
e2,
c)
62)(a2
4-
4-c)3
-^
c2,
4-
c2.
62).
4-
4-
62).
(a
4-
-V
a)
3(62c
c2 4- 2a6
ar
a3 4- 63 4- c3 4a2 4- 62
by
add
a2
-Y
4-
and
term
term
e)
a6
(a2 4-
a/
each
2c(d
that
of
product
c2 4-
65.
"
Square
Thus,
a4 4- b4
c2 4- 2bc
70.
a24-62--2a6.
polynomial.
it.
a2
acd
abc.
x+
a2 4- b2 4- 2a6.
Sab2
64.
69.
b2
a4 4- a262 4- 64
68.
abd
a8
63.
67.
(abc
twice
4-
4-
ca)
ad+bc+
ac+
Sab2
4-
66.
a2 +
(a
(ab+bc
(ab
a8 4- 3a26
square
follows
(a
4-
82.
to
this square
that
(a
4-62
6 4- c) a?
c)(x +d)=x4+(a+b
general
To
62.
=-
a8
4-
a2 4- 2a6
58.
4-
c)
4-
6)(z
4-
6)2
b)(x
4-
(a
6)2
4-
aft2)+ 6a6c.
c2,
(a+6+c)(c+6-c).
a2
(a
(6
4- b
"
c)2,
"
c)(a
6 4-
c).
-6c
-ca
-ab).
MATHEMATICAL
be2
71.
ca2
ft2c +
HANDBOOK
"a
(a+ft
6c2 +
72.
b2c
ca*+
"?a+
bc*+b2c
ca2+
"a
75.
be2
76.
26V
2c2a2
(a
"
77.
ca2
ft2c +
a3 +
"a
ft +
c)(ft+
2aft2
2a2ft +
(a
a) (c +
(a
n(n~
n(n^Van-2b,+
number
(n
ft)(a
aft +
ft
ft2).
is
general expression
for
when
terms;
2) (n
(n
the
right
negative
the
"y
tional.
frac-
or
hand
ber
mem-
fractional, the
or
1) (n
(r + l)th
(w
3)
1)
term
an_r}f
3x2x1
2)
aW_r5r
or
(n-r)(n-r-l)
Ix2x3x...rx
is
r
.
2)
is infinite.
1) (n
l)(n-
positive integer,
1 X2x3x
or,
b).
c).
negative, integral
or
The
positive
is
of terms
(a
1x2x3
be
may
When
n
c)(c -a)
c).
Theorem.
Binomial
1x2
has
6)(a2 +
c8
wherein
(6
6) (a
ft3
c4
ft4
a8
ft)"
an+nan-ih
79.
ft"
The
78.
a4
6).
2abc
a2ft
ab).
ca
a) (c +
"
aft2
2a2ft2
c2).
2abc
a2ft
aft2 +
(6 +
c)(bc +
a2b
c*
Sdbc
c)(c+a)(a
(ft+
"?a +
ca2 +
ft2*;
+
ftc2+
74.
a2b
-f
b +
ft3+
a3 +
c)(a2+ft2
aft2 +
a2b
ab2
(a
*=
73.
aft2 +
.2
.
'
xl
notation,
n!
an~rbr;
r
and
the
formula
may
(a
be
(n
r) !
written
ft)- V
-
"
%/n'
r-or!(w-r)!
a"-rftr.
xf
[N.
B.
0!
ALGEBRA
The
80.
coefficients
nth
the
of
the
of
of
power
several
binomial
These
sion
expan-
conveniently designated
are
functions
are
the
in
terms
of
as
follows:
(n
-r
C0"n"-1,
in
and
general
n(n
1) (n
2 X
1 X
(n
1) (n
"
1)
4-
3 X
r
.
a=_
'
r!(w-r)!
1x2x3
(n
n!
2)
"
2)
,_
1) (n
2) (n
3)
1x2x3x4
Then
81.
(a
6)"
C0a"
0,?-^
+C2an~262
Csa"-S6s
Also,
82.
(a
The
the
6)"
numerical
be
may
power
The
the
found
numerical
found
be
of
values
from
binomial
may
C0a* -CX"T-Xb
first (n =1)
in
table
values
in
C2a"-2"2 -Cjf-*V
table
the
on
each
...
of
power
twentieth
(n
20)
244.
page
factorials
of
the
to
on
for
.
from
to
20
page.
same
Inequalities.
83.
value
The
of the
fraction
ai
a2
bt+ b2
is less
than
fractions
the
-*, -^
^
"
"1
latter
are
all
"2
"3
positive.
"n
and
greatest
-*,
fl3 +
"
b3+
+""
+
greater
provided
the
bn
than
the
least
denominators
of
the
of
the
10
MATHEMATICAL
84.
than
the
The
the
HANDBOOK
arithmetical
the
and
geometrical,
harmonical.
of
mean
That
numbers
two
is greater
is greater
geometrical
than
is,
2ab
a+^"Vri"
a+b
2
"
Also,
a,
85.
a,
'
"
*/
""Vaxa2
-f
2
4- a.
a,.
The
power
arithmetical
of the
of
mean
arithmetical
the
that
mean,
gm+"m
86.
is
powers
greater
than
is,
fc"*Y\
"
'
and, in general,
qtm
q,m
4-
/al
anm
when
is
88.
If a, b, c, be
89.
If
"
"
4-
excepting
4- a2
positive
...
fraction.
proper
positive quantities,
a,
a\n
//n-fjA"
In
\m-a)
\n-a)
4-
Roots.
1
*"
90.
am=ya.
TO/
W"
91.
vax
va
TO/
92.
va+
TO/
va
93.
^aTO/
94.
"
Wa;
am"
vam+n.
7/171/
"
am
Wo/
(m, )m
=
TOtty
"
xan
an
am
l\m
^am/
"
am
"
mn
Van.
to."
vam
a.
Vaw_n.
4-
On\m
'
the
ALGEBRA
95.
(a")"
a"""
11
y/^o \jVa
mS/a.
mn
96.
amn
am.
*^
97.
-V^
98.
"/afr
Ann
to
V aF
A*
aK
a"
111
m
to
Vo
V6.
(a6)m
99.
aro6m.
(^*m
101.
5m
Let
value
represent
of
its indicated
2"+l/
V+A
-A=
"ia,
.wherein
"-
-A
arithmetical
+a,
2n+l/
2"y
v
the
v+A
"a,
Then,
root.
/2n,
103,
and
positive number,
-a,
1.
"
Surds.
If
104.
number
another
equal
to
surd,
the
parts
are
number
also
rational
two
parts
Thus
equal.
are
equal
x+
vy"
and
fchen
a
105.
If
then
\/"
106.
y/a+y/b-y/a
107.
V/a-v/6=V/a+
108.
(a "V")2
109.
(a
Vb)
a2
(a
vT
V6
V*
V*
2Va6.
2aVb.
b "
a2
6.
and
2/.
b+2y/ab]
6
V")
V"
+
and
x,
Va
the
is
partly
two
surd
Hi
vb
rational, and
are
and
surd
and
rational
partly
tty"
partly
if
a+
wherein
and
rational
partly
\/2/,
V2/-
vy
are
surds,
MATHEMATICAL
12
The
unit, if and
imaginary
f-W-1,
^--V-l,
*--l,
Then,
in.
its powers,
definition,
By
no.
HANDBOOK
"*-
Also,
112.
t4n
"
t'U
** "^n
t'i
..
i;
^_f
i*
^4
i"
real and
a
bi
"
and
Both
is
"
number
the
a
ife,wherein
and
real
are
collection
of
simplest
form
the
denotes
of
In its
partly imaginary.
or
number
complex
t;
"
Numbers.
Complex
113.
i3
-i8
i-x
'
i*
!.
number
coefficients, the
the
first of
partly
it is written
of
in
units
imaginary
units
real
units
collection.
1 the
second
of i.
114.
If
equal
are
complex
two
their
and
Thus
if A
115.
The
conjugates
iB
16.
and
of the
one
(a
c+w*"
and
"
ib)
of two
and
a+ib
a2 +
b.
"
b2.
complex
ac+bd
ac
bd
numbers.
i(bc + ad).
(frc-ocQ
'
"? +
"P
parts
equal.
are
numbers
ib){c + id)
a+ib
XI7#
real
other, and
ib)(a
quotient
parts
their
equal
are
ib, then
complex
(a
Product
imaginary
two
the
numbers
c*+cP
ib
are
ALGEBRA
1 1
8.
Every
13
number
complex
be
can
brought
into
the
form
wherein
ib
"
y/
r(cos 0 "
"
fe2
a2 +
tan-1
"
modulus,
The
Vjcosft
The
120.
the
other
that
of the
of
Powers
[r(cos
122.
of
Roots
0 +
isin
of
Relations
123.
(a
0)]m
(a
+
-
#"
ib
0 +
(cos
Roots
of 1 and
rm(coa mO
!"r
i sin
infl+2for
r"
ib)
cos
-*2)].
m0).
mfl+2for1
lBm
"
rV
r(cos 0+i
r(cos
i sin
of
sin
6)
i sin
0)
0) (cos
="
re*,
re~i0.
0)
i sin
"
"
cos
isin.
"
(2fc4- l)ir
r
-
1.
1.
VI*-
"/
V
from
number.
127.
conjugates.
125.
126.
divisor
i-e2)"isin(0
complex
In
ib)(a
(a
0)
the
by
number.
complex
1"
r(cos
modulus
r2
i sin
Thus,
0 +
62)
one
of
argument
.r,^,
r(cos^"isin^)
1.
i sin
by
Thus,
arguments.
by dividing
the
subtracting
is found
(6, + 02)]
sin
r2(cos03"isin02)
12
their
adding
is found
dividend.
numbers
02) "
quotient
and
and
i sin
(cos Bx "
complex
two
their moduli
multiplying
7^
of
product
the argument,
119.
=sin_1"
cos-1-
"
the
=*
0)
sin
"
cos
"
"
(2fc+I"L-
sin-*
14
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
Logarithms.
The
relation
between
the
expressed by
The
is the
relations
systems
base
if
131.
lOga 6
logarithms
or
10
u,
is
of
log6 a
log6 a,
lOgftO-l.
logarithms
former
system
Naperian
and
use
the
upon
Base,
base
often
are
those
ural
Nat-
e,
and
rithms
Loga-
10.
called
and
the
are
Exponential
logarithms,
denary
in
most
the
founded
log" x.
log, 6,
System,
for
x;
v,
"
upon
or
in
shown.
loga
number
same
loga b,
"
loga
of the
intended.
bv,
-^
logb x
founded
Briggs' logarithms
Writing
systems
the
logo x
of
bv, then
130.
Common
logarithms
thus
are
att, then
au
log,
two
bases
129.
System,
the
of
system
logarithms
Whence
The
logarithm,
u=*\ogaX
of the
different
If
and
au,
between
having
its
equations
128.
wherein
x, and
number,
hyperbolic
of
the
latter
logarithms
for
6, the
xx
log10 6,
foregoing equations
become
"
132.
log10 x
133-
l""geX
134-
l"gio e
log,
log10 X
lo"
10
l0ge 10,
1.
m
The
Exponential
approaches
135.
Base,
e,
is the
(1 +
of
limit
oo.
*-1
2.718
T+2!
281
828
^T
7T
459
.
"
"-
"
as
15
ALGEBRA
"
of
is known
log10e
logarithms.
multiplied by
in
the
in
the
modulus
the
137.
138.
M-1
A
but
giving
of
one
the
to
294
481
585
2.302
these
is real,
994
arbitrary integer
number
namely
k the
Thus,
903
092
unlimited
an
gives
log10 X.
..
has
rithm
loga-
any
System.
M~X
rithm
loga-
modulus
..
positive number
only
the
by
Natural
loge X
0.434
loge 10
the
loge X,
log10 e
in
System
corresponding
conversely,
divided
System
corresponding logarithm
log10 X
and,
tem
Sys-
Natural
the
the
Common
the
of
in
gives
System;
Common
I36.
modulus
logarithm
Any
Common
the
the
as
the
value
of
logarithms;
obtained
one
the
0 in
following
general equations:
140.
log,,( + ")
141.
loge ( +
Negative
log. (
143.
loge (
144,
0"
"
x)
1)
"
="
numbers
loge (a + ib)
2fclTl.
2kiri.
have
numbers
142.
Complex
1)
loge X
real
no
(2k
log, x"
0"
have
(2*
logarithms,
l)iri.
l)irt.
complex
-loge (a2 +
logarithms,
b2) +
(tan
l
-
by
"
farY
MATHEMATICAL
16
numbers
Imaginary
145-
have
imaginary
the
for
i*
146.
log.*' i*i,
Rules
the
HANDBOOK
logarithms,
er**
0.20788
practical
of
use
logarithms
based
are
on
following principles:
147-
og
(an/) log
148.
og
149.
og
(#")
150.
og
vx
log
"
y.
y.
x.
log
"
log
log
log
x.
151-
og
base
log
1,
log
0,
00
152.
That
If
1 "
x"
then,
0 "
log
If
0"x"
then,
-00
and
"
greater
is
logarithm
154.
a
time
of
less
(n
1) (n
of
be
by
(n
all at
2) ...2x1,
the
or
of
1,
negative.
2)
is
n!
things
called
taken
at
at
P(n, r).
symbol
1) (n
time
permutations
denoted
(n, r)
taken
is
if
than
(sometimes
permutations
things
number
The
may
of
number
1, its
Combinations.
and
Permutations
arrangements)
than
positive
and
positive
loga:"0.
The
positive
[itslogarithm
153.
is
a;
00
+1,
"
is, if
+00,
to
...
factors,
n!
(n-r)\
155.
a
time
number
The
may
be
of
denoted
of
combinations
by
the
symbol
(n
n(n-l)(n-2)
things
(n, r)
r+
P(n, r)
1)
CAn,f,'S3
taken
r!
lx2x3...r
n!
=
r\(n-
r)\
(n,n-
r).
ALGEBRA
Comparing
C
156.
with
155
(n, r)
binomial
table
on
values
of C(n
that
seen
to
20
(r
of (a
development
r) up
the
of
coefficient
of the
term
Numerical
be
it may
79
the
"
17
6)n.
found
are
l)th
in
the
244.
page
Determinants.
If there
form
the
of
be
a
of
of
itself is the
can
be
and
each
being
the
formed
of
The
taken
all the
half
one
ways,
the
positive sign,
each
that
column
of these
the
minant
deter-
products
from
one
is
array
quantities forming
of
elements
the
this
determinant.
sum
possible
with
written
the
algebraic
in all
row
n2
in the
arrayed
are
columns,
The
of
elements
symbols
and
rows
determinant.
the
are
whose
quantities
square
symbol
array
n2
products
other
half
with
negative.
157.
An
array
of the
of
four
second
An
ai
"i
a2
b2
of
of
array
the
388
third
axb2
nine
3!
Note.
the
can
the
If
"
written
be
the
with
margin,
found
thus:
then
diagonal
and
rows
the
the
from
repeated
rows
positive
by reading
of the
array
order
in
its development
three
diagonal
left
aj)2cv
shown
as
of
the
third,
terms
negative
minant
deter-
thus:
a2btc3 + ajbtc2
first two
the
of
symbol
6) terms,
"
determinant
the
left downwards,
the three
the
elements,
order, gives
minant
deter-
a2bv
be
of
symbol
158.
the
elements,
terms
rows
from
by reading
upwards.
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
18
An
159,
array
of
of the
fourth
determinant
"i ^
4,
bf'c^d2
c4
a3bxc4d2
axb3c4d2
atb3c2d4+ a3b2c4dx
a3b2cxd4
axb4c2d3
axb4c3d2+ a3b4cxd2
a3b4c2dx
160.
of
remaining
the
given
a2b4cxd3+ a2b4c3dx
a4bzcxd2+ a4bzc2dx
fifth
the
of the
nth order
the
and
column
out,
is the
the
In
which
of
given
determinant
minor
terminant
de-
terms.
consists
in
of
symbol
elements
in
element
numbered
an
column
one
its
relative
given
and
row
to
the
each
determinant
equal
to
the
the
of
minor
! terms.
ment
ele-
formed
of
relative
to
major
row,
determinant
major
determinant
element
negative sign
numbered
even
is
a4b2c3dx-f a4b2cxd3
"
stricken
positive sign be
results
a2b3c4dx+ a2b3cxd4
row
multiplied by
from
a4bxc2d3+ a4bxc3d2
element.
If each
be
a2bxc3d4+ a2bxc4d3
the
be
the
twenty-five elements,
the
stands
determinant
If
dA
of
a
thus:.
terms,
axb2c4d3+ a3btc2d4
general,
alb2csd4
array
of
symbol
An
the
elements,
"*i
(h
a4
sixteen
taken
to
the
each
from
element
algebraic
determinant.
the
and
sum
odd
an
taken
of
the
Thus,
161.
ai("2C3-"3C2)-a2("iC3-"3Cl) +a,(fr1C3-ftjCj.
l62.
ax
bx
cx
dx
a2
b2
"2
d2
^3
"s
C3
^3
a4
b4
c4
d4
Thus
to
can
depend
a
on
determinant
n
determinants
of
any
of
order, the
the
(n
nth, be
made
l)th order,
and
ALGEBRA
each
of
these
order, and
again
so
determinant
third
or
the
on,
directly.
the
of
that
last
the
2)th
"
original
the
of
easily computed
are
makes
the
easy
with
determinant
any
(n
determinants
reduction
of
value
being
of
series
order, which
method
This
of
on
second
the
result
the
of
1 determinants
ultimate
depends
of
on
19
putation
com-
numerical
elements.
163.
and
the
164.
In
columns
rows
If,
in
change
places
formed
is
the
determinant
any
without
each
with
equal
changing
determinant,
any
to
columns
first
rows
Thus,
two
or
rows
determinant
new
with
one
made
its value.
columns
two
other, the
the
be
can
the
so,
opposite sign.
Thus,
etc.
165.
equal
If
the
proportional
or
in
elements
each
two
to
columns
each,
or
the
in
two
of
value
rows
the
are
minant
deter-
is 0.
=n0=0.
166.
determinant
by multiplying
or
in
one
row
or
is
multiplied
dividing
by that
all
the
divided
or
elements
by
in
number.
pax
pbx
pcx
a2
^2
c2
a3
b3
c8
one
number
column
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
20
A
167.
determinant
be
split into
two
or
is not
changed
in
value
can
minants.
deter-
more
Thus,
ai +
Pi +
Qi
"i
ci
"*"2+
P3 +
"a
b2
c2
az +
Ps +
?s
"s
cs
168.
elements
determinant
of
by
column
The
times
or
column
one
the
Solution
of Equations of
The
solution
of
170.
The
solution
of
+fc"y
cxz=
C2Z
ax "
nbl bx
cx
a2 "
n^2 "2
C2
as "
^s
C3
the
"s
First
method
same
unknown
ax
bx
cx
K\" by putting
a2
b2
c2
a3
63
cs
applies
Observe
quantities.
of each
of the
unknown
coefficients
is the
numerator
coefficients
of
equations.
parallel
of
the
unknown
absolute
terms
the
-z".
with
equations
determinant
with
quantity
the
the
formed
column
replaced
right-hand
of the
quantities, while
unknown
on
-A
denominator
is the
determinant
same
of
set
that
quantity
of all the
that
to
nants.
Determi-
Degree by
^-Z);
The
ished
dimin-
or
of
kx'
x="
column
elements
cf-kti
a3x+b3y+
value
increased
each
are
corresponding
169.
o"tP
row
Thus,
row.
axx+bxy
is
or
the
when
the
of the
by
side
the
of the
21
ALGEBRA
If
I7i.
axx+
: z
ctz~
0)
b2y +
c^**
0.
a2x
then
bxy +
(6^3
ftjcj: (c^
of At?
Solution
Bx+
a2bt).
Equations.
Quadratic
172.
c2at) : (a^
0,
2A
of x2
Solution
173.
px
0,
The
174.
roots
imaginary
and
real
the
product
If xx
176.
4AC,
or
p2 " 4g,
B2
"
4AC,
or
p2
4AC,
or
known,
form
the
given
of
xx) (x
x2
xxx2
4-
px
quadratic
for
x2)
-p,
q.
the
equation
and
product
0,
0,
0.
q=
whose
numbers
two
sum
roots
written
be
find
the
4g.
roots, then
the
(xt + x2) x
"
p2
x2 denote
with
To
177.
of
sum
4q,
"
roots
(x
is identical
"
of the
and
also
may
"
the
x2
which
B2
B2
when
all cases,
In
175.
and
when
equal
4g.
are
when
real
i^p2
ip"
sum
equation, putting
the
and
the
product
given
are
negative
for
q,
nth
degree
and
solve,
178.
in
x,
Any
be
may
Xn
in
written
p^-1
of
integral equation
rational
the
p2Xn~2
the
form
p3"n-3 3
n
"
+
.
+pn
0.
22
MATHEMATICAL
If xv
179.
the
x
x2, xs,
first member
(x
180.
separated
putting
a? +
3x*
is the
xt) (x
"
Any
into
equal
12
to
0, by
xn)
by-
equation
the
into
first member
the
separating
be
can
solved
is
example,
For
zero.
xlf
"
0.
just given
form
which
of
first member
the
in
factors
all,thus,
(x
xs)
the
factors
factor
4x
x2) (x
the
of
them
of
equation,
of this
roots
by each
product
equation
each
the
be
xn
is divisible
HANDBOOK
factors, becomes
(x
the
of which
roots
Again,
x8 +
3) (x
are
4s2
(z
is solved
by putting
cubic
Many
the
If
181.
"
an
(xt +
x2 +
\X-*X2Xq
~t~
the
"t'7
xn
xn~x
if the
0.
higher
of
equations
degrees
first member
higher
than
the
of
first member
(xxx2 +
"'
is identical
pxxn-1
4-
the
form
0,
a? +
not
the
to
is
arable
sep-
second.
be
179
plied
multi-
is
xn)
+
.
which
equation
of
result
.#.
and
method,
degree
factors
together,
xn
of
and
this
by
factors
into
4-
reducible
1)
0,
2.
4-
0, being
3) (Z2 +
equations
easily solved
are
2)
and
3,-2,
"
4a; +
2) (x
"
"
'*^i'*^2S
"1
Xfi
...
~"~
\J
with
p2xn~2
"
-2
.) xn
x2x3
4-
pn
0.
Therefore,
py
"
p2
the
sum
the
sum
roots
-
p3
the
the
roots,
of
all
taken
two
of
all
sum
taken
roots
182.
of
the
products
of
the
of
the
of
the
by two,
the
three
products
by
three,
'
.......
l)kpk
l)nPn
the
sum
of
roots
taken
the
product
all
k
the
products
by k,
of
all the
roots.
23
ALGEBRA
Cubic
183.
the
solve
To
the
unknown,
second
ax2
bx
equation
0,
by substituting
term
The
\a.
cubic
general
x3 +
remove
Equations.
reduced
y*
equation
+
for
takes
an
assumed
the
form
0.
The
184.
Rule
three
-^
by
Cardan's
When
the
in the
quantity
value
by
y*
of
"p
dq)2
($p)8 is negative,
circular
or
0, p and
hyperbolic
tions
func-
i"_.
Then
the
185.
fi/1=s=F2\/j^Sinh^,
\ y2
V"g Sinh \"p+ i Vp
"
[y3 " V^p Sinh ^ i Vp
roots
are
(ip)s "
solution
from
Sinh^
(it) When
of
the
way:
py"q=
of
means
following
(1) When
w3
"
effected
be
-l-iV3
tV3
l +
+"/-k-^(k)2+(i/")S
Iq+Vuqy+dp)*
wherein
the
equation
are
2/1
may
last
this
of
roots
y*
"
py"q=0,
(bq)2"compute
the
Cosh
value
and
of
Cosh
Jp,
Cosh
Jp.
being
"p from
"__
"p
ipVip
positive
and
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
24
the
Then
roots
are
2/2
"
2v5pCoshi^,
V^" Cosh Jp + i Vp
2/s
"
Vjp
0i -T
186.
(Hi)
S/3
When
pr/ "
Vp
"p,
Sinh
^.
positive
being
0, p
and
value
of
the
the
(M)2" compute
(ip)8 "
J^
Cosh
Sinh
angle
"p
and
from
*2
cos
the
Then
roots
"p
("0
2/3
yt
2VJ2
T2VJ2
=F
J?,
cos
2Vjp
=F
t/3
When
"
are
it/i
-
"
"
cos
(}p
120"),
cos
ftp
240").
0,
?w/ "
(ip)"
and
188.
the
roots
\Vl
are
2/2
"
2/3
being positive,
(fe)",
and
x/*?)'_
"
^iP"
""
Series.
Series.
Arithmetic
189.
The
of
the
d,
n*1* term
a,
is
the
and
of
sum
Geometric
191.
and
the
192.
2d,
(n
3d,
1) d;
is
terms
190.
series
^[2a+ (n-l)d].
Series.
The
sum
nth term
of
terms
of
the
is
S
i^"
is ar"-1
...
ALGEBRA
25
If the
number
proper
and
the
ratio,
r, be
and
1-r
Series.
Harmonic
The
terms
6,
a,
reciprocals"
their
infinite
be
n,
193-
194.
of terms,
"
""
"
"
d, etc., form
c,
form
"etc,
"
harmonic
series
arithmetic
an
if
series,
abed
that
the
is, when
relation
secutive
con-
"
in
"
"
b-
nth term
"
"
as
"^
The
three
any
is
terms
195.
between
subsisting
harmonic
series is
ab
(w-l)a-
196.
The
arithmetic
197.
The
geometric
198.
The
harmonic
(n-2)b
between
mean
and
"
"
.
between
mean
between
mean
and
and
Va6.
"
199.
series
arithmetic
partly
and
partly geometric
(a
represented by
(a
d)
of
terms
a,
The
sum
[a
(a
r,
2d) r2,
4-
of this
(n
series,
1) d\
rd(l
r*
r^-1)
"'
(1-r)2
1-r
200.
201.
1 +
2+3+4+5+
p +
(p
.+
.
1)
(p
2)
n(n
(n-l)
(?-
...+
1)
*""
_(q+V)(q-V+l)
2
202.
203.
2 +
1 +
4 +
6 +
8 +
(2n
(2n
2)
2n
3)
(2n
(n
1)
1).
ri".
is
MATHEMATICAL
26
2" +
l" +
204.
3"+4"
HANDBOOK
X".
1H2n+
+n*-n"w+
+
...
J..A.CJ
28 +
Is +
205.
3s +
48 +
.
[n (n
na=
+
.
1)18'
Binomial
Series.
206.
/1
w
(1 " x)n
1 "
"
nx
w(n
*
"
1)
'-
"
n(n
x2 "
"
l)(n
2)'-
""
x* +
,
...
2!
3!
Convergent
if x2
1.
"
207.
2)j"+
(l"x)-n,iTwa;+n(!^Li)^Tn(n+l)(n
+
Convergent
208.
^
(a-6x)-'-I/'l
+
a\
^+-^
a2
(l"x)-1=l
=Fz+
x2=Far,
x4qFz5
if Px2
(l"x)-2=
1 =F2x+
3x2qF4a^+
5x4=F6a^+
Convergent
2.4.6
1.
if x2
"
1.
if x2 "
1.
(l"x)-i=l^,+||x^l|-^+||||x^..
Convergent
(l"x)i=l"lx-^x2"^x*^
3.6
3.6.9
(1"i)^=1T^+-*
if x2
"
1.
1'2m6m8a*"...
3.6.9.12
Convergent
214.*
if x2 "
2.4.6.8
Convergent
213.0
a2.
I7
2.4
2x2.
"
...
Convergent
210.
1.
...,\
a3
Convergent
209.
if x2 "
if x2
"
1.
1A71"
xt^"***
3.6
3.6.9
x4+...
3.6.9.12
Convergent
if x2
"
1.
ALGEBRA
and
Exponential
27
2l5'e-1+\+h+h+h+h
+
e*
-+-"-+"
l +
--
m=
oo.
fwA
"
"
+
...
4!
3!
2!
for
syrnt
+
/y*2
/*"
216.
"Y
(l
of
Limit
Series"
Logarithmic
[i
al-1
"
ca;
^r
-3r
218.
"
00.
+00.
"
log, a.
a*=i
?ggLgx+
(h"'Oy
"lo"tg),a"+
[-00
219.
X"
-4j-+--[-00
wherein
"
c4x*
cV
c2^2
_
217.
00
log, (1 " x)
"
ia?"
ix*
...
x"
"
Jx5
\x4"
oo.
[a?"l.
220.
"
loge-l"^
=
?il
221.
" log,
222.
Jx3
x-1
Jx5
jx7
[x2 "
1.
[X2 "
1.
"
JX-8
iX"5
|X"7
+
.
"
log. X
-2[^i+i(^)'+*(^M^)'+-l
[0
223.
log, (a
"
"
00
.
x)
-logea+2[-^-+i(^-J+i(^-)5+..
[0 "
224.
log (
log (n
1)
00
"
"
00
.
log
4.
2n+l
"
1
_
""
3(2n+l)3
5(2n
l)5
[0
"n"
+00.
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
28
log (x
225.
See
log, x
X2)
2^
Formulas
226.
Vl
754
and
(x
1)
la?"1*
'"
2.4.6.7
2.4.5
1036.
\{x
l)s +\(x-\y-
...
[0
"
"
2.
lo":c""^i+i(^iJ+i(^lJ+...
227.
Let
be
"
rate, that
the
interest
on
the
number
the
principal,
the
amount
is,
dollar
one
of
in
Annuities.
and
Interest
for
year,
one
years,
years.
Then,
228.
At
simple interest,
229.
At
compound
230.
If interest
be
interest, A
(1
P
nr).
(1
g times
compounded
r)n.
a
If A
P
the
be
of money
amount
an
present worth
payable
year,
p(i
=
years
lY.
hence, and
of A, then
;4
231.
At
simple interest,
"
1 +
nr
4
232.
At
interest, P"
compound
(l
233.
This
Discount
is Inte
discount, which,
"
il
r)"
P.*
discount, so-called
for commercial
to
distinguish
convenience,
it from
is based
01a
commercial
simpler
rule.
ALGEBRA
The
234.
of
amount
29
annuity
an
of
n(n--lL
dollar
one
in
simple
at
years
interest
"
Present
235.
value
such
of
an-)
an
nuity
Amount
236.
interest
compound
at
1 +
value
Amount
238.
when
interest
are
the
payments
made
nr
(l+r)"-l
(1
l)rm
"
Present
237.
$n(n"
n
_
r)
(1
l'
-
r)-"
"
(l+r)-l
of
times
year
Present
239.
value
Amount
240.
when
annuity
are
payments
made
of
the'
times
K)'-
'
(1
r)"
m[(l+r)"-l]
year
1-
Present
241.
(1
r)
value.
[(l+r)*-l]
Amount
242.
times
times
243
when
Present
and
year
the
interest
the
is
annuity
paid
m
m[(I+?M
value
-[KM
30
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
Probabilities.
If
there
are
in which
ways
favor
in
it must
of
chances
in which
ways
the
fail to
event
The
probability of
favorable
chances
favorable
and
244.
The
these
of
is certain
that
either
If
Ex
and
px
happen
to
event
246.
happen.
may
event
fail
may
to
are
pxp2
since
the
1; and
probability
that
independent events,
and
is
fail
happen,
to
1.
the
event,
an
p.
"
and
possible
two
respective probabilities,then
their
are
p2
fail is 1
may
E2
and
of
probability
the
the
or
Certainty
the
stated,
event
probabilities
two
245.
If p be
both
chances,
above
the
of
happen.
sum
event
the
number
the
of
case
probability that
the
b
a
the
probability that
the
"
of
ratio
number
In
b, and
to
total
(or odds)
chances
as
a.
is the
unfavorable.
"
"
the
to
b to
as
event
an
be
to
aad
happen,
can
the
happen,
said
are
event
an
the
"
that
probability
both
and
Ex
E2
may
happen.
1
247.
pxp2
the
"
probability
may
248.
(1
Pi)p2
the
that
and
E2
fail and
E2
both
not
Ex
happen.
probability
that
Ex
that
Ex
may
happen.
Pi(l
249*
V2)
~~
the
probability
and
happen
may
E2 fail.
250.
px
p2
2pxp2
"
may
(1
251.
px) (1
p2)
may
The
by
value
of
observation
of
their
life
be
in
their
ratio
person
of these
at
the
that
the
probability
other
that
of
of
year
the
that
55,973
out
events
live
at
the
of
least,
rience
expe-
69,517
living
were
probability
fifty may
0.805.
Thus
cases.
shows
fifty-first
numbers,
fail.
both
determined, approximately
age
event
one
fail.
Therefore
the
and
happen,
companies
sixty-firstyear.
assured
probability
large number
assurance
living
persons
the
of p may
the
ten
that
years
in
an
is
II.
SECTION
CIRCULAR
Definitions
Fundamental
and
the
the
angles
the
hypotenuse
are
denned
of
legs
and
h,
by
expressed
sin
triangle
angled
respectively
to
an
and
either
and
6,
and
B,
angle
acute
follows:
as
by
by
of
functions
the
reference
Angle.
right
them
opposite
with
Relations
Acute
Denoting
TRIGONOMETRY.
AND
FUNCTIONS
--
cos
B,
sin
B,
cos
--
tan
"
ctn
B,
tan
B,
301
ctn
=
"
sec
"
esc
B,
sec
B.
csc
"
The
tangent,
From
abbreviations
ctn
for
these
are
cotangent,
definitions
sin
sec
for
for
follow
sine,
secant,
at
for
cos
and
csc
the
once
for
tan
cosecant
relations,
303
302
cosine,
sin
A,
cos
-4,
tan
A,
csc
1
305.
304.
sec
306.
307
ctn
cos
,
309
cos
A1
ctn
A,i
-:
sin
31
foi
32
MATHEMATICAL
And
the
from
HANDBOOK
definitions
h2
follow
the
further
sin
(90"
cos
(90"
tan
(90"
ctn
(90"
sec
(90"
esc
(90"
313
"
from
0"
if the
values
of
given
also.
The
45"
to
of
the
a
of
the
opposite
sin A,
tan
A,
esc
A,
sec
A.
all the
all
the
angle
249), the
page
90"
45"
to
defined, when
the
for
also
on
from
above
solution
sufficient
latter
be
are
puted
com-
of
right
for the
tion
solu-
concerted
into
two
vertex
table
angles
as
of each
functions
the
are
of
A,
sufficient
are
ctn
in
A,
cos
A)
the
to
For
extended.
side
it)
They
from
ii)
angles
difference
perpendicular
A)
of
cases.
the
or
it)
A)
oblique triangle, if
an
sum
all
of
acute
tabulated,
triangles in
given (as
functions
functions
and
values
are
the
equation
a2 +
the
relations,
'
Therefore,
with
together
opposite
methods
side
or
to
solution, see
of
60-66,
pages
General
Definitions of Angle,
and
its Measures,
its
Functions.
An
314.
by
which
to
If the
the
any
is any
angle
line
may
be
direction
in
that
straight
other
turning
angle
is
amount
a
of
amount
to
geometric
turning
changed
fixed
from
one
plane
tion
direc-
plane.
less than
acute
in
quarter of
angle;
if to
more
tion
revoluthan
33
TRIGONOMETRY
and
quarter
obtuse
less than
if to
angle;
revolution, it
The
is
turning
to
or
however
value
angle
of
of
described
arc
radius
the
takes
in
degrees,
the
arc
by
any
be
may
the
the
to
way,
general
of
that
turning
whole
and
the
of
centre
radius,
angle, A,
an
the
lution.
revo-
revolution
its
by
or
arc-measure
line,
the
whole
seconds;
being
arc
from
one
divided
which
The
the
the
point
of
thus
2kw,
"
radians.
radius,
point
circle
"
of
one
0.
or
in
of value
range
a,
integer
of
be
may
Therefore
or
arc-measure
circumference
infinite
360",
distance
The
turning
lution
revo-
revolutions
whole
of
negative.
arc-measure,
ratio
whole
one
expressed by
measured
are
units
is the
is
k is any
Angles
the
way,
"A"k
wherein
in
other
than
more
number
Moreover,
the
315.
to
any
whole
angle.
convex
than
more
geometric
less than
and
half
amount
it is
revolution,
than
more
may
positive, or
an
of
so-called
great.
of
half
is
The
2"r.
or
the
its arc-measure,
or
expressed,
in radians,
oo"
"
"
00
00
"
"
00
".
The
two
of
measures
(1
angle
an
Radian
57"
thus
are
17' 44"
related,
.806
310 6
( 180"
table
other
As
given
matter
italic letters
be
or
expressed
many
used.
the
on
of
next
in
either
kind
italics
small
in
formulas
arc-measure
a
matter
of
into
measure
the
page.
in
notation
degrees,
radians.
3.14159265
the
following
expressed
letters
ir
converting
for
is
minutes
will
or
of
and
indicate
that
pages,
the
angles
seconds,
that
radians.
indifference
they
It
while
are
capital
are
Greek
to
is, however,
which
to
notation
be
in
is
34
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
3i7"
(a) For
TABLE
finding
the
a
(6) For
Length
Circle
of
the
of which
finding the
Angle
measured
Circle
of which
Arc
the
measuring
Radius
by any
the
Radius
is
any
given Angle
i.
given Length
is
in
1.
of
Arc
in
TRIGONOMETRY
Functions
Drawing
rectangular
intersecting in
o,
let
initial
be
ox
angle
It
or
the
whatever
the
and
that
the
fourth
General
the
line
side
y'
vertical,
required direction,
any
side
terminal
the
op
fall in
may
first xoy,
and
of
any
in 314).
as
op
in
op
and
Angle Defined.
horizontal
xx'
axes,
(denned
is evident
quadrants,
the
of
35
the
one
any
yox', the
second
of
the
third
four
x'oy',
y'ox.
r
FlGUBB
Let
the
"
coordinates
the
abscissa,
"
the
ordinate,
horizontal
Let
Then
defined
"
the
the
are
as
distance
six
point
any
situation
of
to
of
above
the
be
right
or
distance
or
or
below
cos
="
of
from
o.
functions
of
*-,
ctn.A
ordinate
abscissa
distance
sec
__
2-
r_
_
abscissa
distance
as
abscissa
'
ordinate
"
x
m
distance
A
abscissa
"
"
distance
tan
the
axis.
ordinate
A .,
left
axis,
follows:
sin
318.
in
distance
or
vertical
of the
y
of the
1.
esc
r
__
ordinate
MATHEMATICAL
36
An
fourth
or
the
is said
angle
quadrant
functions
according
coordinates
positive
used
axis; the
vertical
according
distance
as
is
op
Hence
positive
values
the
quadrants
is above
are
as
below
the
right
is
positive
the
horizontal
ordinate
or
is to
the
abscissa
The
318.
tive
posiof
values
the
on
definitions
negative according
or
have
quadrants
dependent
the
in
falls in
side
quadrant.
of different
angles
first,second, third,
its terminal
as
fourth
values
negative
or
the
of
of the
angle
an
first,second, third, or
The
of
be
to
HANDBOOK
or
is
left
negative
or
; the
axis
in all situations.
the
of
positive
or
functions
of
negative
as
from
to
angles
indicated
of the
several
below.
310
As
an
angle
increases
all
the
When
changes
320.
vary,
reaching
maximum
cardinal
values
the
its
function
sign,
as
0"
increasing,
some
or
of
passes
the
above
angle
is indicated
in the
Cardinal
Values.
decreasing,
values
numerical
minimum
through
some
the
value
following
mentioned.
0
or
table.
00
it
TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental
the
From
37
Generalized.
Relations
definitions
follow
318
at
once
tan
relations
the
sin
cos
A!
cos
A.
sin
A'
"
321
ctn
and
the
from
x1 +
equation
sin2 A
322
which
these
1 +
ctn2
applicable
are
positive
tan2
with
or
sec2
relations
A,
esc2 A,
angles
should
they
as
(or arcs) of
those
while
the
1,
302-312,
to
negative,
r2 follow
"
cos2 A
1 +
identical
are
y2
relate
only
all
to
but
be;
magnitudes
positive
acute
angles.
From
six radical
result
322
"
cos
"Vl-
tan
"
Vsec2
ctn
"
Vcsc2
A-l,
sec
"
Vl
tan2
A,
esc
"
Vl
ctn2
A.
interpretation
is found
in
the
belong
two
five functions
to
each;
These
four
solutions.
of
angles
four
The
the
ones
double
a
given
0"
angles
two
have
value
1,
radicals
signs
of
these
value
of
any
one
tion
func-
360";
and
the
other
and
numerically equal
are
each
which
fifth is the
same
sin2 A,
between
of them
the
are
to
cos2 A,
the
that
fact
of these
but
Vl
sin
323
The
forms,
are
given by
reciprocal
for
the
of the
two
the
given
angles.
quadratic
one,
and,
38
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
Anti-Functions.
If
sin
which
is
usually
x,
or
is
expressed
read
Some
"
writers
Similarly,
if
The
any
value
one
of
of
the
expression
Hence,
being
\ tan"1
Isec-1
"
of
"
"
z=C"
instead
A,
only
of
sin-
x.
1/
2.
but
above,
given
as
included
angles
in
the
a)
"
eral
gen-
2kir.
a"
or
x."
sec-1
not
360",
relation
x,
of
sine
x,
tan-1
z,
series
of
arc-sin
including
integer,
any
is
sin-1
anti-sine
y,
is
notation
infinite
rsin-1
324.
the
sin-1
or
x,
sec
which
of
sine
the
angle
the
is
is
tan
notation
the
use
the
the
a)
then
x,
arc
sin
(or
the
by
and
sin
or
x,
360"
360"
A; 360"
"
2kir,
"
2k*,
"
2far.
0,
Also,
rcos-1
325.
J ctn-1
Use"1
z
(90"
(90"
(90"
A)"k
360"
B)
"
C)
"
360"
360"
(""r
(J*("tt
2kir,
0)
"
2far,
y)
"
2far.
Whence
rsin-1
326.
J tan-1
4-
cos"1
2/ 4-
ctn-1
Isec-1
2
esc-1
90"
"
90"
"
"
A; 360"
90"
360"
360"
^"
^r "
^r "
2for.
2kir.
2for.
39
TRIGONOMETRY
v/3
\/2=i.4i42i36
J\/2"=o. 7071068
"
1.7320508
Jv/3=0-57735""3
K/3gai'i547""5
\/a-y/2
V2
v/2
o.
7653669
1.8477587
Va"
v/3-0.5176381
V2+\/3=i-93i85i6
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
40
in
junction
each
expressing
Formulas
the
of
each
of
terms
others.
328.
sin A
"Vl
^4
cos2 A
"Vl
1
"Vl
329.
cos
"Vl
sin2 A
"Vsec2
sec
ctn2
-I
esc
"
" Vl
tan2
jVcsc2
ctn
tan2
^_
_
"Vl
ctn2 A
Ua4
sin2 A
"
"Vsec2
ctnA
cos
ctn
A'
tan
iVcsc2
cos
"\/l-sin2A
331.
"*A-
"\/l
esc
"Vl
^"
330.
sec
,
"
"
"Vl
sin A
cos2
"Vcsc2
=
"
" V
,
332.
sec
T~a
sec2
="
"vl
sin2 A
"Vl
cos
ctn
"Vcsc2
""
cscA=-
/i
"
"v
A,
tan2
"
ctn2
cos22 AA
tan
sec
t"
1 +
tan2
"
"
sin
"\/l
esc
333.
"Vl
ctn2 A
A-
-1"
1
1
"
"VW
"
,
-
TRIGONOMETRY
Positive
If the
a
distance
straight
from
to
from
be
must
point
to
other
any
point
positive, then
as
reckoned
the
negative;
as
"
Lines.
Negative
reckoned
be
line
and
41
distance
it is
that
so
on
always
that
true
334-
three
Let
straight
and
ab
is
bc
a, b, and
points
Then
line.
always
the
336.
in
arranged
order
any
distances, that
337.
bc
AB
distances
ab
becomes
ca
principle applies
same
on
AC,
member
ab
The
bc
each
to
ca
the
of
sum
order
in any
arranged
be
is,
ab
by adding
0.
algebraic
that
ac,
335which
ba
whatever
0.
"
to
any
on
number
of
points,
their
is
+
BC
-f
CD
MN
NA
0.
"
Projections.
The
of
projections
line
the
upon
ab
of
axes
( ab
cos
projection
on
the
axis
of x,
Iab
sin
"
projection
on
the
axis
of y,
wherein
of the
axis
denotes
of
the
the
and
angle
the
between
positive
direction
and
are*
positive
direction
of the
projected
line.
The
polygon,
chosen
In
the
taken
in
a, b,
of
order
339#
the
in
on
same
which
if
oy,
the
the
sides
of
the
polygon,
closed
any
upon
any
the
plane
0.
to
and
ox
around
order
placed anyhow
triangle abc
of
projections
equal
of
case
axes
points
the
the
line is
the
of
of
sum
axis
points
the
of
axis
projections
projections
and
the
on
in
fall
on
(a'b'
bV
c'a'
0.
/ aV
bV
c"a"
0.
y,
then,
either
of the
tions
projec-
whatever
axis,
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
42
If
the
be
axes
these
the
cosine
equations
of the
boa
must
true
that
340.
angle
be
aob
boa
Also, whatever
341.
aob
0,
the
boc
or
of
or
boc
coa
343.
AOB
BOC
COD
360",
the
lines
or
aob
"
2kir.
or
344.
sin
(A
345.
sin
(A
346.
cos
(A
347.
cos
(A
348.
tan
(A
of
B)
the
B)
"
350.
4.
ctn
(A
Two
Angles.
A
cos
sin
cos
"
cos
cos
B)
cos
cos
B)
/
a
(A
d\
B)
ctn
(A
5)
"
tan
A
tan
ctn
NOA
0,
"
ctn
B.
sin
sin
B.
sin A
sin
B.
1
"
i? +
ctn
1? ctn
ctn
ctn
ctn
2for.
sin
"
"
cos
tan
or
sin B.
tan
"
360",
2kv.
1 +
or
cos
"
tan
o,
Difference of
tan
from
the
ctn
351.
of
B)
B)
"
and
tan
tan
sin
349.
MON
360",
Sum
tan
+
always
360",
"
angle
2kv.
radiating
aoc
the
it is
"
+
.
or
"
0,
that
aoc
or
Functions
angles.
of two
so
"
aoc,
342.
and
sine
positive, then
as
negative
order
the
for
Negative Angles.
as
angle,
right-angled tri-
difference
reckoned
reckoned
abc
formulas
of the
and
be
aob
the
give
and
sum
Positive
If the
and
rectangular
43
TRIGONOMETRY
Functions
Sum
the
of
352/
(A
sin
=
4-
353-
(A
cos
"
"
Three
of
#
C)
B+
sin A
sin B
sin
4-
sin A
sin B
cos
cos
cos
cos
cos
sin A
cos
sin C
of
Functions
J5
cos
i? sin C.
sin 5
cos
sin A
"
sin
of
Functions
90".
355-
-90".
356.
357
cos
(90"
tan
(90"
A)
A)
A)
cos
A}
sin
At
ctn
A.
A,
of
Functions
(sin (A
180")
cos
(A
180")
tan
(A
180")
sin A,
cos
Ay
etc.
"
'
etc.
358.
90"
of
Functions
(90"
cos
tan
A,
sin C
cos
Angle.
Negative
354
sin
cos
C)
J5 +
A
cos
Angles.
180".
C.
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
44
Functions
^sin (A
180")
cos
(A
180")
tan
(A
180")
359
180c
A-
of
sin
A,
cos
A,
A,
tan
etc.
360.
A,
sin
sin
(180"
A)
="
cos
(180"
A)
tan
(180"
A)
-A.
180"
of
Functions
A,
cos
A,
tan
etc.
sin
(A
270")
cos
(A
270")
tan
(A
270")
361.
of
Functions
A,
cos
"
A,
sin
A,
ctn
270(
etc.
Functions
(sin (A
270")
cos
(A
270")
tan
(A
270")
362.
of
sin
A,
ctn
A,
Functions
of
270"
Functions
of A"
270".
A,
cos
A-
etc.
-A.
363.
sin
(A "
360")
cos
(A
"
360")
tan
(A "
360")
sin
A,
cos
A,
tan
A,
364.
etc.
360c
45
TRIGONOMETRY
Functions
sin
(360" -A)
cos
(360"-
tan
(360" -A)
365.
--
A)
of
360"
sin
A,
A,
cos
A,
tan
-A.
^ etc.
Solution
If A
if the
of A
sin A
equation
wherein
A; is 0
the
equation
or
same
cos
all values
Sums
value
be
solved
and
of
"
sine, that
its
all the
A,
for
tan
a.
is,
values
180"
1)*A,
integer.
the
given by
are
of A
from
obtainable
of
values
all the
k 360"
and
A.
"
from
tan
"
180"+
A.
Products
of
obtainable
tan-1
368.
a,
given
is to
cos-1
367.
And
any
way,
cos
a,
formula
sin-1
366.
In
the
given by
are
from
found
is to be
A=*
sin
of equations
sin (A
B)
sin
(A
B)
cos
(A
cos
(A
(A
B)
" sin (A
cos
(A
B).
"
cos
(A
B).
"
cos2
2?
cos2 A
cos2 B
sin2
sin2 ",
sin2 A.
" (A
" (A
B)
cos
" (A
B) sin " (A
cos
" (A
")
2 sin
" (A
cos
cos
S)
B,
cos2 A.
2 sin
B).
"
sin2
B).
" sin (A
B)
given by
are
Functions.
B)
B)
(A
" (A
sin
B).
B).
B).
" (A
B),
46
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
sin
sin B
tan
j (A
tan
$ (A
B)
sin
cos
cos
380.
cos
**
cos
AA"sinI*
-ta.nl
cos
cos
"
sin (A
(A"B).
sin j(ATB)
T B)
'
sin
"
"
sin } (4 "
sin (A T g)
")
cos
I (A
B)
cos
* (A
"
B)
"
sin A
sin
tanA"tang-8itt(,A"B:"-
385.
cos
cos
ctng"ctnA-.8?n^"g"-
386.
387.
ctn
sin
a88
1? "
tan
sin
C08
"A * g"
cos
sin
zj
"
tan
Z?
sin
"
(A"B)
tan
=
sin
(A
cos
(A"B)
tan
1^
tan
(A
q=
cos
(A
=f 5)
sin
cos2
391.
1 "
tan
tan
ctn
tan
ctn
2?
cos2
tan
sec2 A
(A
"
tan
1? T
tan
ctn
"
tan
-h
5)
tan
cos
esc2
cos
B
,
ctn
5).
tan
ctn
"
"
ctn"tanA"l
"^
"*
=F ctn
"
"
(A"B)
B)
"
ctn
ctn
-sin2
393.
!
"
B "
1?
tan
qoo.
302.
cos
ctn
=
-B)
=F
9"
oy
").
g 4'
* (A
tan
cos
3*
on
B)
sin^Tsing__ctnH^"g)
cos
B)'
"
i (A
tan
3g2"
sin
381.
sin B
"
AA
tan
D
B.
sec2 A
esc2 A.
cps
(A
TRIGONOMETRY
Functions
394.
395.
sin
kA
"A
cos
47
of Multiple Angles.
2 sin
(Aj
I)A
cos
cos
(k
1)A
sin A
"
cos
("
1)A
cos
2 sin
"
("
1)A
"
sin (k
2) A.
sin
("
cos
(A;
sin
2) A,
2) A,
2) A.
(A;
cos
"
396.
397.
398.
399.
2A
sin 3A
3 sin A
sin 4A
4 sin A
sin 5A
5 sin A
sin 6A
"
6 sin
32
sin
cos
3A
"
4 cos3
cos
4A
8 cos4
cos
5A
16
cos5 A
cos
6A
32
cos6 A
0^
sec
1.
20
cos3
48
cos4
18
"
"
tan2 A
ctn
tan
"
^
"
"
2 tan
"
ctn
ctn
tan
-"
tan
"
tan2
404.
1 +
sin
405.
sin 2A
406.
1 +
cos
2A
2 cos2
407.
cos
2A
2 sin2 A.
408.
esc
2A
1.
esc
2A
cos2 A
"
3 tan2
2A
A.
-tan3
403.
"
8 cos2
l A
cos
A.
cos
A.
sec2
**"*
cos
1.
tan2
3 tan
o
"i.
ctnzA
sin3 A
-^55^-.
6A
A.
cos
16 sin5 A.
32
"
cos
2 cos2 A
2 ctn
402.
cos
8 sin8 A
sin3 A
20
tan
cos
2A
+""q"i
tan
4 sin3 A.
cos
tan2A
A.
tan
1)
"
cos
sin5 A
ctn2
"
(k
2 sin
401.
1)A
tan
"
4*w%
400.
(t
tan
tanfcA-
sec
ctn
esc
(sin A
(sin A
2A
="
" (tan
cos
A)2.
cos
A.
ctn
A.
A)2.
ctn
A).
";
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
48
Functions
1
409.
of Half
sin3
"
"A
cos3
Angle.
an
$A.
"J
410.
sin A
411.
cos
1 +
sin A
="
413.
sin A
414.
1 +
cos
415.
cos
416.
sin
417.
cos
"A)2.
cos
^A)3.
2 cos2
Jit.
2 sin2
"A.
"A -Vj(l
jVl
iVl
418.
tan"A=i/"
419.
ctn
sin A
"+
"A -V-"(l
sin A
cos
sin A
jVl
sin A.
A),
cos
"
1 +
A),
cos
^A.
cos
(sin "A
sin2
(sin \A
\A.
cos
"A
cos2
"
412.
\A
2 sin
"
cos
"
iVl
"
cos
sin A.
sin
2 secA
.
420.
sec
sec
2
CSC
421.
"
1 +
sin A
423.
sin A
424.
tan
sec
sec
422.
2 sin2
(45"
2 sin2
(45"
(45" " A)
ctn
\A)
2 cos2
(45"
JA)
2 cos2
(45"
(45" T
A)
1 zb sin 2 A
tan
"A),
=1"tan^
1 T
JA).
cos
"
cos
=F sin A
sin A
l:Fsin2A
49
TRIGONOMETRY
425.
*A)
(45" "
tan
(45" T * A)
ctn
y/l"J5|L4,
_l"SinA^seCil"tanA
cos
cos
1 =F sin A
426.
(A
tan
45")
*an
AA
tan
cos
(45"
"
sin A
427.
sin
428.
cos
(45"
A)
A)
(45"
sin
A)
(45"
cos
A)
cob
"im
V2
429.
tan
(45"
A)
430.
tan
(45"
A)
431.
tan
(45"
A)
432.
sin (30"
A)
433.
sin (30"
A)
434.
cos
(30"
A)
435.
cos
(30"
A)
tan
(45"
tan
(45"
(45"
tan
A)
sin (30"
cos
(30"
cos
(30"
A)
sin A
Vl
"
-cos^tanA
Vl
V^(l
sin A.
\/3
cos
tan2
A) (1
cos
ctn
sec
"A
2 sin2
g\/sec2A-lr
sin
"A
%A
ctn
sec
cos
ctn
^A,
2
ctn
(45"
\A)
"A
tan
2sin2 (45"-
iA)
ctn
\A
1,
1
'
esc
iA
A),
cos
ctn2 A
=2
1
tan
A.
sin
i"nA
2A)
A.
sin A.
frA
2 tan
1 +
V3
cos
tan2 A
A.
cos
Vl
2A.
cos
to
tan
2 tan
A)
=V(1
cos2
sec
1.
A)
Expressions Equivalent
436.
A)
2A.
A)
sin (30"
A)
tan2
(45 "
tan2
(45"
^ A)
"
JA)
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
50
Expressions Equivalent to
437.
cos
Vl
Aa
Aa
a\"
"=
sin2 A
sin
"*"
ctn
V(l
sin A) (1
sin ^
esc
sec
Vcsc2
Vl
"
"VH
ctn2 A
-VKl
tan2 A
cos2 %A
1
sin2
2 sin2
\A
\Ay
2 cos2
JA
tan2 * A
"
tan2
1 +
ctn2
esc
cos2^)-^t
2 sin
A),
"
sin
ctn
=
tan
ctn
A.
cos
\A
ctn^A
\A
-tan^A
ctn2
"A
"A
ctn
JA
tan
tan
1
A
ctn
1 +
A tan \ A'
tan
__J
"
(45" + IA)
tan
-
cos4
(45" + iA)
cos
"A
sin4
"
(45"
cos
tan
23-4
-
"
cos
*A),
\A.
Expressions Equivalent to
438.
^sec2
A.
tan
ctn
sin^
*
-
Vl
Vcsc2
-v/
1
1 +
esc
2A
A
cos
cos2
Vl
'
(45" + }A)
ctn
sin2 A
2A
cos
sin 2A
2A
cos
2A
cos
2A
ctn
1 +
ctn
2tan^A
2A
cos
2 ctn
sin 2A
2 ctn
2A,
jA
tan2
\A
ctn2
\A
l'
2
=
ctn
\A
tan
(45" + jA)
"
tan
\A
-
'
tan
(45"
jA)
2
tan
(45" + A)
tan
(45"
tan
(45"
A)
tan
(45" + A)
1 +
A)
At
51
TRIGONOMETRY
Expressions equivalent
the
reciprocals
sin A,
those
A,
ctn
above
A, and
sec
given
for
tan
the
Arc
A,
esc
are
A, and
cos
respectively,
Functions
In
of
to
the
negative
of
Periodic
Values
of
k
following equations,
is
Angle.
or
integer
any
positive,
0.
or
Kir
sm
0,
sin
2k+l
439.
\ cos
kir
kir
1)*,
ir=0,
cos
2fc+l
tan
440.
sin ^"
0,
tan
"
=Fcosf"
441.
esc
"p=
"
442.
cos
cos
"
p)
it
=F sin
[(2k
[(2A;+
cos
J.
1)
"
"p],
4*-l
4"+1
sin
\
jt",
"
etc.
"cosf"
J
(2far" "p)
"p],
1) it "
/4*-l
Tri^j
"
(2far" ^")
csc
/4"+1
oo
""
?"
sin
*"
V
443.
sec
(2far:t ^)
sec
"p=
etc.
"
(2k
+
445.
The
of the
and
ctn
"p
"
formulas
ctn
440,
(fori y")
etc.
442,
and
444
give the
solutions
only
equations.
sin
"p=" "sin
sin
"p
of the
"
cos
a,
tan
"p
"-
" tan
a,
a,
tan
" ctn
a,
ctn
" ctn
a,
"tan
a.
equivalent equations.
csc
^"
csc
"
"
csc
"sec
a,
a,
ctn^"
MATHEMATICAL
62
If
any
reciprocals
the
only
of
two
of
the
each
solution
HANDBOOK
six
values
equal
being
(not
for
"p and
is
Vl
cos-1
2kir +
Circular
Inverse
sin-1
have
other)
"p
446.
functions
elementary
Functions.
x2
a.
tan-1
'
Vl-x2
1
-Vl
ctn-1
x2
sec-1
esc-1-*
=
,
Vl-x2
sin-VjCl-^l-x2)
1-1*13
2 tan-1
j
*
sin-1
2xVTHZ
tan-
sin-1
"
447.
cos-1-1
cos-1
"*"
"
Vl
sin-1
x2
x),
"
iir+i
sin-1
dn-1
sin
Vl-x2
(2x*
1)
(1
2X2).
-Vl-x2
tan-1
cos-1
ctn-1
sec-"1
"
Vl-x2
"
"
"J=,
CSC"1
V* (1 + x),
2 cos-1
Vl-x2
cos-1
(2X2
1)
/Ll_?
tan-\
V
1+x
-VB
,A^X
2 ctn-14
^^tan-f^1-^,
*
\k
\tr
1-2X2
i^r
(2x Vl-x2)
2X2
"
sin-1
COS-1
Vl
*r
/
cos-1
X2.
"
x),
TRIGONOMETRY
448.
tan-1
sin-1
"
"Jtt
"
Vl
x2
Vl
sec
-ii__
z2
tan-1
x2
^-csc-^Vl
tan
"
cos
Vl
"
63
x),
2x
tan-1
"
*
*
sm
-1
hr-
^X
cos
V1
Vl
450.
sin-1
sin-1
sin-1
ir
/-!
sin-1
"
sin-1
x2
-1
COS_1X"
2.
tan-1
y
+
(x Vl
Vl
-i/2
x2),
Vl
x2).
-1
"x2 +
2/2a^l
COS-1!/
(xi/T V(l
"cos-1
45
(xVl-^-yVl-x2).
-Sin-1
451.
"
x2
X3
Vl
(xVl-yt
sin-1
X2
449.
-"
X2
sin-JH^
V
2 tan- _t
X2
2V1
1 +
2Vl
cos-1
_
*
*
"=
1+x2
ctn_1x,
x2
tan-1
tan-
x2) (1
y2)).
H-
"
"
[xy"l.
l-xy
453.
tan-xx+
tan-1
1/
w-
tan-1-^-^-^,
xi/~l
454.
tan-1
tan-1
tan-1
^
"
"
"
1 +
xy
[^2/^1
MATHEMATICAL
54
455.
e**
cosx
456.
e_"x
cos
457.
(cos
^1
459.
cosx
460.
sin
x) (cos
tan
"
sin x)
1.
"
.
(e*
.6*"
e"*),
or
sin
\ (e*
"2tx
tang'-t^
or
tan
a:
e,~
iVl-
"r*).
x2).
462.
cos-1
463.
sin-1
464.
tan-x=-inoge^-^logej^g iiloge^x
loge (x
loge (ix-h Vl
x2).
465.
cos
ix
466.
sin ix
467.
'
tan
468.
6x+tV
469.
ax+iv
ix
ii {?
?!
Cosh
e~x)
(e*
\+
IX
"
" (e*'+en*)
"
x.
i Sinh
IX
x.
See
714.
X)
=iTanhx.
e*+e-*
i sin
e*
(cos-1/ +
ax
[cos (2/loge a)
From
cos
t/).
i sin
eitt+
2isinw
are
i(efa-he_fa).
a:
x.
itan*.
i sin
i sin
tsinx.
tions.
Func-
Logarithmic
and
of Circular, Exponential,
Relations
461.
HANDBOOK
(y loge a)].
e'*",
6*a-e-iM,
obtained,
470.
2"-1
cosTO
47i
l)^"-1
C2
sinw
+
mu
cos
(w
cos
C2
cos
Ct
2)
4)t"+ C3
mw
Cx
(m
cos
(m-
cos
W-C3COS
(w-4)
cos
(m
cos
6)
2)
(m-6)u+
.
when
is even,
(\w""
l ) v~2m~1
-
+C2
sinmu
sin (m.
sin
4)
mw
C3
Ct
sin
sin (m
(m-2)u
-
6)
when
wherein
CVC2,C3...
are
the
Binomial
Coefficients.
+
.
is
odd,
55
TRIGONOMETRY
473.
(cos
474.
vcos
i sin
x"
",
"
x)n
1"
i sin
nx"
cos
"
2kir
"
nx.
sin
"
cos
"
"
sin
n
sin
475.
(x
ty)
476.
cos
(x+
477.
loge (*"iy)
it/)
"
erv)
i(eV
e~"v)
(z2
i log.
sin
i(e^
cos
y*)
""
(e*
%i
a;
(eV
e-v)
cos
x.
e~v)
sm
x-
~~
loge (x"
ty)
iloge
(a?
tf)
"
a:
log,
(Z""\
\x
1)
positive.
is
1)
negative.
a;
"
lo"i
480.
is
2far).
"
ty/
rloge (
"
(tan-1
2t
+t7ten-1J
"(2fc
when
479.
2faA
(tan-^
when
478.
2for
""
2kiri,
-"(2*+J)iri,
log.(-l)-"(2i
l)wi,
log,(-i)-"(2*+i)"t.
g*
e(2* +
*)iri
t-
481.
e(2A +
gtt+2Jbri
^
"*
482#
l)iri
be
modulus
and
483.
484.
log,
its
(cos
real
variable,
any
log,
sin
(0
J0*
and
Then,
argument.
0+i
imaginary;
or
0)
re*
-
2for)
i.
"2*+iMf
gtf+^Jfe+lM
1-t*,
Let
re"tf+2*ir)i,
|)*".
"2fc +
let
be
its
MATHEMATICAL
66
HANDBOOK
PLANE
TRIANGLES.
General
Formulas
usually
in sets
The
printed.
This
the
applied
[c
All
the
gives
\b
501.
="
cos
cos
cos
relations
B,
cos
C,
cos
A.
between
derived
be
502.
+B+C
the
three
the
so
a,
be
in all
also
order.
gives
501
the
applied
cases.
plane triangle
by algebraic
can,
to
fixed
this
six parts of
in, and
from
equations,
mations,
transfor-
501.
180".
And
third, and
the
to
cyclic change
of
triangles
needs
c, and
equation
gives
cos
implicitly contained
are
first
of
one
by
in
always
first again.
the
it
6 to
6,
to
A,
second
only
from
to
the
to
the
to
which
of
obtained
are
applied
ca
three,
and
C,
to
third
general properties
is, by changing
process
second,
to
B,
to
of
others
of letters,that
A
the
expressing
occur
Properties.
503
sin
sin
a+b
tan
504.
sin J
507.
a2
508.
a2 +
b2 +
c2
(A
26c
ft2 +
"
symbol
one
c2
26c
indicates
B)
cos
cos
that
is printed, the
cyclicchange
(3).
A
.
only
".
sinHA-")
.
The
@*
B)
by
i (A
cos
gLz"
506.
one
B)
iU-B)
cos
which
""
of
\ (A
ta,ni(A-B)
^"_6
sin
a-b
K0"
of letters.
there
other
(3).
2ca
is
two
cos
2? +
full set
being
2a6
of
cos
three
obtainable
C.
equations
from
this
67
TRIGONOMETRY
If d
the
denote
the
point where
with
each
the
sides
and
making
meet
from
drawn
parallelogram
angle
an
other,
d?
509.
a2 +
Let
510.
of
diagonal
62 +
2ab
s=i(a+b
whence,
c),
s-a=$(-a+b
8
sin
}A
% (a
" (a
6-f
c),
c).
yAs
512.
cos
\A
c),
W8
Six.
C.
cos
c"
"
-i/s(s"a)
""".
"
-""
"
6c
.".
"/("-fc)("-c)
tani-i-
513.
"
(s
"
a)
Let
denote
the
of the
radius
circle.
inscribed
r.y/("-")("-ft)("-"0,
514.
"A
tan
^Z?
tan
\C
\C,
tan
(3).
"A
cos
tan|A
5i5-
Let
516-
denote
sr
the
Vs
(s
i V^c2
cos
b +
1 (a
c2 sin A
(A
sin A
a4
b4
c4,
\Cy
cos
"A
$B
tan
tan
"C,
sin 5
"a6 sin C
...
5)
OT7
517.'
"
^2?
cos
c)2 tan
2 sin
2a262
\A
c),
6 +
b) (s
2c2a2
"
a+
triangle.
a) (s
"
of the
area
(3).
"
9
-
"
be
"r
"
"
be
"
-fa
""
(3).
MATHEMATICAL
68
Let
upon
Pat
the
pi,
denote
pe
sides
HANDBOOK
b, and
a,
sin A
be
o
518.
"
pa
=*
'
n
C
sin
Br"
sin
=*
vertices
Then
respectively.
the
from
perpendiculars
/"\
="
(J)
"
"
"
sin C
sin 5
2T
^
.(").
"
a=
"
Let
circles
ra,
and
r6,
T"
521.
rar6rc
522.
523.
tan
a"c
Vrarb
"4
ra
|B
respectively.
jC
cos
"
4 4
cos
i/^5. .".
=
"
1.1.1
the
pa
radius
Pt
Pc
of the
circumscribed
circle.
esc
iV(b
c)28ec2iA+(b-c)2c8c2$A.
\A
sec
(ra +
-i
"
re
Js
"C.
cos
VV6rc + Vrcrfl
\a
\B
cos
rb
"^4
cos
denote
b, and
coe
escribed
three
a,
"
"
"
sides
"
1.1.1
525.
the
the
of
Wraryc.
520.
M.
524,
radii
jA
tan
"
r"-
Let
the
denote
rc
touching externally
519.
"
sin
%B
sec
.(f),
"C,
sec
rc-r)
r6 +
--jy-
a5c
526.
2flr
6+
a+
527.
iZ
"
^R?
^ (a
ctn
sum
of the
the
528,
2Rr
" ctn
J5
ctn
perpendiculars
centre
of the
distance
inscribed
(7),
to
the
circumscribing
between
and
the
centres
circumscribed
sides
from
circle.
of
the
circles.
TRIGONOMETRY
If
the
be
the
centre
of the
vertex
520.
of
the
inscribed
Aa
Bd
cos
cos
sin 2? sin C
2a
cos
2? +
cos
1
1
H.
"
cos
(o\
"
"W'
"
"
4R
2a
b +
531*
from
".
"A
cos
a+b+
cos
triangle is
oa
530.
59
sin 4
sin 2? sin
sin 2? sin C
.(3).
.
If A
"
532.
sin A
sin
533.
sin A
sin 5
534.
cos
535.
cos
cos
536.
tan
tan
537.
ctn
\A
538.
sin
2A
539.
cos
2A
540.
ctn
ctn
A. +
If A
cos
sin C
"
4 sin
4 sin
$A
cos
2? +
cos
tan
"2? +
ctn
sin 2B
2B
cos
2? +
ctn
532-540,
sin C
J C
sin 2C
"
C+
ctn
cos
ctn
cos
\C"
tan
Angles, A
J5 +
"2? ctn
543'
Inscribed
sin 2? sin C,
A
J?
cos
ctn
180".
tan
in
Sides,
180",
2?'tan
tan
a2 +
C0Sjg"
fe2
c2
C"
cos
1,
1.
ab
bc
tan
1.
Circle.
"
a,
cd
b,
da
"
c,
d.
.u
d2
.1
'
2(a6
544.
1,
"C,
:/
.
C,
tan
ctn
"C,
"A
cos
"2? sin JC
cos
4 sin
sin
tan
ctn
"
"
2C
cos
%B
cos
%A
cos
tan
"
|A
cos
ctn
Quadrilateral
The
542.
J3+C-900,
tan
541.
follow
180", then
C,
Diagonal,
Tc2
cd)
(ac+6f)(af+6c)
-
ab
cd
Put
545-
* (a+
-\/(8
"
area
6 +
c+
a) (s
of the
d),
6) (s
c) (s
quadrilateral.
d)
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
60
20
sin A
546.
sin C
^-r-
"
bc+
"
da
20
sin
547.
sin
Z)
"
ao
Radius
of the
548.
V(a6
erf)(ac
Solution
Case
549.
A. and
6c).
Triangles.
and
angle
an
a, and
B,
6d) (ad
of Right
Given
I.
find
ft,to
circle,
circumscribed
-=-
ca
hypotenuse,
the
6.
90"
A.
"
" sin
A.
log a
ft
A.
log
Test.
The
and
log a
log 6
II.
find
to
o,
values
computed
Case
550.
A
cos
b),
log (ft+ a)
log (ft
a).
and
6,
90"
ctn
A.
log
log
to
III.
find
values
ft
b tan
log
ctn
A.
b should
log (ft
a).
angle
an
and
the
satisfy
leg adjacent,
a.
90"
values
v"
A.
ft
log a
A.
log
esc
log (ft+ a)
ft,and
log a
log
of ft and
log
b),
computed
2
log a
log (ft
A.
The
A.
sec
log
log (ft+ 6)
Given
By
leg opposite,
A.
log ft
satisfy
6.
-4.
computed
the
and
angle
an
J5
Test.
A.
A.
cos
6 should
log (ft
B, ft,and
log a
and
esc
Case
551.
of
log
ft +
Given
log
The
Test.
log (h+b)
B
ft
log
b 4-
log
log
6 4-
log
of ft and
sec
should
log (ft4- b)
4-
log (ft
"),
log (ft4- a)
log (ft
a).
tan
A.
A.
satisfy
ft
TRIGONOMETRY
Case
552.
find
to
IV.
Given
A, B, and
61
the
and
hypotenuse
leg, A and
a,
b.
"
sin A
cos
lo" sin A
",
loS
"
log
"
cos
co-log h"
a+
10.
ii-sin-"",
whence
\/{h
"
a) (A
The
Test.
and
log
b 4-
Given
V.
Case
553.
" [log (^
tan
the
of
values
computed
log
log
a),
log
log (h
a)].
satisfy
a.
legs, a
two
4-
b should
and
a)
and
b7
find
to
A, B,
A.
Jx
tan
1"S
=s
-A
tan
"
log
ctn
log
"
ctn
"
iiii-k
4-
co-log
10.
"
"
tan
"
"
-ctn-1?-.
esc
log
.4,
log
4-
log
esc
A.
-VW"2.
The
Test.
log
log
Special
h
b with
gives
great
accuracy
"
tan
great
when
\A
4-
6)
4-
log (A
log (h
4-
a)
4-
log (^
for Plane
b
2h
sin2
h and
6),
a).
Triangles.
"A,
A
is small,
or
with
nearly equal.
are
y/|-fr_ft4-
Right
when
accuracy
satisfy
log (h
Formulas
554.
555.
of A should
value
computed
6
a
62
MATHEMATICAL
55"".
(45" "
tan
A)
HANDBOOK
"""
oT
BinCg-^^^+y-^cos^-^-^.
557.
558.
(B
t"n
{b + a) (b
A)
a\
2ab
formula
and
which
For
and
the
functions
of S
use
and
2",
to
up
see
sum
the
triangles, formed
by
given (549-553),
Either
method
obtained
methods
To
the
the
well
accuracy
be
a,
to
difference
the
test
ap,
of
these
(1) by
right
two
from
any
methods
above
given
parts
required
parts.
of the
solutions
in
results
by
both
formulas.
notation
and
of
accuracy
outlines
of
marked
the
out
following
b,
of
ways,
perpendicular
The
the
in
vertices
triangle
two
right triangles by
uniformity
in
the
or
working
other.
given
preserve
from
of
and
the
are
values
serves
by
of the
solved
drawing
or
formulas,
general
great
Oblique Triangles.
be
these
solving
table
Plane
of
it into
and
with
when
accuracy
83.
page
can
vertex,
or
T7, and
oblique triangle
converting
great
are
Solution
An
with
are
when
B-A
gives
let the
the
upon
sides
a,
respectively;
cr
bq,
lars
perpendicub, and
so
that
always
559-
These
had
Case
find
a,
to
as
the
I.
b, and
hold
equations
falls without
be
4- pc,
bp
when
cq
as
well
ar
when
it falls within
principle stated
Given
qa,
two
angles
in
180"-
rb.
the
the
perpendicular
triangle, if regard
335.
and
side, A, B,
C.
C=
(A
B).
and
c,
to
TRIGONOMETRY
First
560.
either
end
Method.
of the
ap
"
sin B.
bp
"
cos
pc
"
ap
ctn
BP
ap
csc
Either
the
drawing
By
Perpendicular
ap.
bq
B.
qc
PC.
C.
affords
test
of
By
the
Method.
Second
cos
bq
ctn
AQ
bq
csc
"
the
A.
C.
QC.
results
obtained
by
sin A.
Compute
b=
2R
sin B.
aid
2R
sin
"
="
C.
Otherwise
by
2R
of
the
last of
the
tions, then
other
562.
formulas.
general
2R
and
these
by
by
equa-
aid of the
two.
formulas
b-cVHt^-W-S.
i (A
cos
B)
rinl(A-g
6,
sin J (A
Case
find
to
First
563,
two
A, B, and
side
the
and
sides
las
formu-
included
angle,
drawing
By
Perpendicular
sin C.
the
from
of
end
the
shorter.
tan
or
"
tan-1
QA
"
"
"
cos
C.
CQ.
6,
QA
B=
C
180"
=
BQ
CSC
(C
A
A).
QA
Sec
ii.
to
Let
bq.
QA
cq
a,
perpendicular
a.
bq
sults
re-
c.
Method.
longer given
"
the
the
first used.
Given
II.
C,
the
by
form,
J(iS-i)).
6-
and
of
test
obtained
B)
good
,j
a="(/S+D).
other.
561.
sin A.
bq.
aq
C.
process
from
perpendicular
side.
given
Perpendicular
63
64
MATHEMATICAL
Second
564.
Method.
i (A
B)
i (A
tan
HANDBOOK
90"
5)
i(A
B)
" (A
5)
test,
sin
l(A-B).
I (A
"
be
B)
tnem
b,
a,
A,
and
sides
two
by
C.
either
of the
equations
fl).
^sini(A-S)
angle opposite
the
B, C, and
find
to
and
cosi(A-B)
Given
"
sin
(q-6)sinH^+
III.
0
2RD
"
sin
computed
c=(a+b)coaiU +
Case
5).
6 sin
"
"
may
"
B).
sin
as
" (A
formulas.
general
JC.
^ tan
"
Or,
the
By
one
of
c.
the
Method.
First
565.
point
where
ar
rb
Angle
rcb
"
b sin A.
"
meet.
A.
cos
\/(a 4- cr) (a
ar
"
rb,
Cx
AR
RB
:2
C2
AR
"
RB
acr
90"
cr).
Cx
A.
sin-1
C2
cr
acr
ACR
Bx
180"
"2
180"
6 sin A
"
solution.
double
"
cos-1"
"
If
perpendicular
cr.
cr
Angle
drawing
given sides
the
Perpendicular
By
4- RCB
RCB
a, there
(A
Cx)
(A
C2)
is
no
C2
4-
Cx
real solution.
fron
TRIGONOMETRY
Second
566.
Method.
65
the
By
general
formulas.
b8mA
b
sm
giving
of
values
two
B, B1
90"
"
B2.
"
C1
sin C,
a
c
C2
A,
B2-
c2
If
C2
Case
Method.
longest side,
of the
Let
other
second
sides
real solution.
no
solution
a,
6,
drawing
is
not
and
c,
is inadmissible.
find
to
the
to
or
By
side
the
that
perpendicular
less than
to
either
two.
b"
three
is
C.
and
First
567.
the
1, there
the
negative
Given
IV.
than
greater
out
comes
angles A, B,
the
out
comes
'
sin A
sin A
If sin B
sin C2
'
A.
BX-
Or, let
a.
Perpendicular
rb
less than
not
either
which
may
or
a.
c.
(b +
ar
be
cr.
ar
rb
a)L-^(b-
a)'-
cosA=^"
or^=cos-1^6
52
5=
cos
"
B=
or
cos-1
"
"
C=
the
180"-
(A
another
Test, by drawing
outside
B),
perpendicular,
fall
triangle.
Perpendicular
(which
ap
is
supposed
fall outside
to
triangle),
bp
cp
"
CP
a.
(c- b)
L'
(c+b)
BP
"
BP
BP
cos
cos
"
"
"
or
"orC
180"
-(B
cos-1
cos-1
-
C).
"
"
w(
"
) " 90".
the
66
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
Second
568.
Method.
J(b
-
(s
a)
formulas.
general
the
By
b)
(s
c)
tani"--V"
tan*;!
tan*C
""
"
Test.
The
or
8-c
180".
also
may
be
\/(s
\A
computed
by
fr" (S
"
C)
-CD
"
"
ooB}A-\A(8~a)'
by
"
half-angles
8in
"
=
s-b
s-a
*"'
"
oc
"
Formulas
Special
for
the
of
case
nearly
two
equal
sides
angles,
*"
569.
cos
(A
sin
B)
8inH^-*)-9(a-^n/m-.-(3).
570.
2o
functions
.".
"
sin
For
l(A~B)
the
of
use
up
to
2",
and
see
T7
page
cos
and
83.
"
(A
table
of
2?)
the
values
of
these
or
67
TRIGONOMETRY
SPHERICAL
TRIANGLES.
General
Let
c, denote
b,
a,
the
spherical triangle;
A'
}
601.
The
the
Properties.
sides
and
let
a',
angles
of its
The
derived
',c',
180".
a'
180".
B'
180".
6'
180".
C"
180".
c'
180".
ap,
the
with
fundamental
all
other
cos
sin b sin
cos
A,
cos
B,
cos
"
cos
cos
sin
sin
cos
cos
cos
b +
sin
sin 6
sin 6
sine
sin A
sin 5
sin C
cos
cos
cos
ctn
ctn
6 sin
ctn
are
cos
""
its
sin
in
relating
cos
603.
drawn
cr,
polar
or
can
cos
cos
cos
cos
cos
cos
sin 2? sin C
sin C sin A
sin A
cos
cos
sin 5
cos
sin C
ctn
ctn
ctn
C,
cos
cos
C+
cos
cos
sin
sin
cos
cos
sinB
sin
sin b
Modulus.
jTfo
A,
605.
ctn
ctn
6 sin
ctn
sin b
i? + sin B
ctn
A,
ctn
B,
cos
cos
cos
+sin
cos
cos
cos
and
in
sin A
ctn
C.
angle.
tri-
be
spherical
to
three,
(cos
perpendicular great-
which
general equations
these
bq,
drawn
from
equations,
sides
of
Then
Af
great-circle arcs
angles
the
arcs
denote
perpendicular
triangles,are
604.
polar triangle.
circle
A, B, C, the
and
a,
6,
a
MATHEMATICAL
68
sin
HANDBOOK
cos
sin
cos
sin b
cos
sin
cos
sin
cos
sin 6
cos
sin
cos
sin b
cos
cos
sin
cos
cos
sin
cos
sin 6
cos
A,
sin
cos
J5,
cos
C,
cos
A,
cos
B,
cos
C.
cos
"
cos
"
cos
6 sin
cos
b sin
"
cos
sin
"
cos
sin 6
"
c
a
606.
sin 6
y. sin
r
sin A
cos
sin 5
cos
sin
cos
"
cos
sin B
cos
a,
cos
4- cos
sin
cos
6,
cos
4- cos
sin
cos
c,
sin B
cos
sin
cos
a,
sin
cos
6,
sin B
cos
c.
sin
cos
sin A
sin
607.
sin A
608.
cos
sin 5
cos
sin
sin
cos
sin A
cos
cos
"
\A
sin
6 +
4-
(B
cos
cos
cos
cos
sin 5
+2
"A
sin2
"A
"
sin C
(8),
(3).
2 sin "
"
6) sin
f" :
(s
*
"
cos2 "a
sin
/?n
'--
-.
sin
-(A)-
"7
sin
c)
"
sin (s-a)
"
"
.".
tanU-v/Sin-(8"")S)n(8;C)-""
"
614.
cos
sin
613.
C)
"
V/
A. +
2 sin b sin
C)
/sin (s
*
/sins
"AA
cos
c).
"
612.
cos
1/
4
c)
(B
cos
" (a+
611.
(b
cos
610.
(6 + c)
cos
"
609,
S-J(A
2E
616.
cos
"a
sin
(s
a)
"
C).
of
Excess
Spherical
615.
sin
Spherical Triangle
180"
2"S
1/
.
sm
5p
2E.
"
180".
L"
-CD,
"
sin
cosQS-j^cobQS-C)
v/
sin J5 sin C
.(3).
.
TRIGONOMETRY
69
dn^i/*1?"? "*-*"...",
6iy.
sin
/-cos "S
sin
(aS- A)
cos
sin B
sin C
/sin(ff-fl)sin(C-ff)
*,"
6i8.
i
io
"*"
ctn
"
.
sin (A
(S
fl) cos
cos
Let
the
"15
denote
"s
the
"
n*
2?)
(S
C)
(3)
Vtan
cos
tan
sin En
v'
619.
^
-""
'
4
=
("
cos
" (s
tan
tan"(s
a) tan"(s-6)
of
radius
polar
A)
"
circle
the
"
inscribed
spherical triangle.
J^n
620.
tan
(s
a)
Bin
Let
about
denote
the
621.
the
sin
radius
polar
of the
circle
circumscribed
spherical triangle.
ctn
WaMA-g"8in
V
622.
8ln iC-E)
(B~E)
sin 2?
tfnr
tan"A=
"
".
"
(s
sin
623.
a)
"
.C^fi",- "($)"
ctnfri-
"
(A
sin
ctnfi-l/"7^"^
cos
624.
V
-
E)
(j?~ *"
"
cos
ct*g
625.
ctn"a~
"
(o
cos
626.
2 tan
sin
2 ctn
sin
c
.
627.
-".
"
A)
sin b sin
sin A
2"
sin
^H.
cos
"
sin 2? sin C.
tan
628.
Af
"
the
modulus
sin
ctn
sin E
(3).
.(f).
c).
in
70
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
ft
tan
'
629.
tan*
ft
tan
\a
tan
1 +
upon
pfc, pc,
the
sides
cos
denote
the
b,
a,
6 +
cos
cos
perpendicular
respectively
c,
cos
sin
%b
tan
2 tan
pa,
"@
1 +
Let
sin C
great-circle arcs
from
the
opposite
vertices.
sin b sin C
sin pa=
630.
sin 6 sin
sin
"
sin 2?
("),
sin 5
sin C
sin A
sin
3"
sin
2 tan
sin A
sin
fi sin 2?
2 ctn
"
sin
Let
the
denote
three
triangles
original triangle
sin A
the
radii
formed
till
circles
the
of
by prolonging
they
meet
inscribed
the
in
the
of
sides
in
points diametrically
of
the
posite
op-
its vertices.
Ra" Rb, Rc
Let
these
about
631.
sin
Ra
ctn
the
radii
circles
circumscribed
triangles.
same
tanrg
632.
denote
tan
sin E
"A
Ja
ctn
tanf.
sm
sin
(s
sm
fJctnT?- "
sin
(A
"
"
""
a)
"
"
"
E)
Cagnoli's Equation.
633.
sin
sin b
Either
cos
member
cos
of
cos
this
"
sin il sin 2?
equation
and
in its
has
"
the
cos
same
polar triangle.
cos
value
cos
c.
in
71
TRIGONOMETRY
Gauss's
sin j
,..
Equations.
(A +B)
j (a
cos
b)
%C
COS
sin
sin j (A -B)
(\\\
C"S
/;;;\
sin
"C
CQ8HA
fiv)
sin
~#)
Analogies.
B)
tail
jc
B)
j (A
cos
("\
" (a
tan
i?)
tan
b)f
\c
i (A
cos
635.
sin
B)
"
^ (a
(ni)
b)
b)9
$ (a+
tan
ctn
frC
(iv)
sin
" (a
cos
\ (a
6)
" (A
tan
fr)
5)
'
frC
ctn
i (a
cos
from
the
h for
6)
\ (A
tan
B)'
Equations
'
b)
sin "c
sin " (A
writing
j (a
"C
sin j (A
(i)
and
6)
"c
cos
Napier's
Derived
(a
sin
Ten
cos
6)
$c
sin
(A. +22)
j (a
"C
cos
634.
"c
COS
c.
Usually
cited
as
by making
general equations
Rules.
Napier's
sin
sin
h sin
A,
cos
sin
"
tan
6 ctn
5,
cos
sin b
"
sin
A sin 5,
cos
"
sin b
"
tan
cos
cos
90"
sin
B,
ctn
h tan
cos
b sin
A,
ctn
h tan
a,
ft,
636.
Ten
Derived
Equations
cos
"
cos
ctn
"
6,
cos
B.
ctn
Triangles.
sin A
sin C
sin
tan
sin 5
sin C
sin Z?
tan
cos
"
the
from
A,
ctn
sin
a,
6,
ctn
sin 6,
cos
cos
cos
A
ctn
"
cos
cos
cos
"
cos
cos
ctn
ctn
637A
ctn
a,
cos
"
"
cos
"
5,
6.
ctn
90".
sin 6,
C
tan
5,
sin a,
C
tan
ii,
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
72
The
Case
638.
For
Solution
I.
Given
and
A,
tan
ctn
sin A
sin
cos
tan
A,
a2
tan
cos
A.
b2
A,
sin
For
test,
b ctn
a=tan
180"
av
180"
blf
180"
Bv
values
computed
B.
For
Given
and
sin
ctn
-4 tan
sin J?
cos
esc
"
sin
A2
a,
No
solution
if
"
(a -90")
""
is, if sin
Case
For
III.
ctn
cos
2?
"
Given
tan
sin
b,
cos
ctn
6,
"
and
6,
cos
tan
belong
cos
cos
6
A
tan
the
gether,
to-
5.
cos
A, and
a,
of
values
B.
each
puted
com-
part,
a2
A2
6.
B2
For
of
-"
find
to
Two
sin A
puted
com-
-Bv
which
"
A.
-solution,
tan
5.
each
values
tan
640.
sin B.
of
deciding
(4-90");
sin
-"^540"
computed
sin A.
"
cos
hv
180"
cos
that
h, b, and
180"
For
sin B
=*
sin
b2= 180"-61,or540"-61,
a.
test,
b
gether,
to-
part,
52=
For
the
"
"
values
sin a,
sec
of
"
"
find
Two
"
to
a,
solution,
sin
puted
com-
belong
tan
Aa
cos
II.
which
deciding
Case
each
of
tan
639.
B.
part,
B2
For
6, and
a,
values
Two
solution,
sin
find
to
180"
al9
180"
hv
360"
Bv
test,
a
ctn
cos
2*.
For
deciding
computed
sin
which
values
sin
belong
b
sin A.
sin A
of the
sin B
gether,
to-
TRIGONOMETRY
IV.
Case
641.
Given
73
ft and
solution,
For
sin A
b
cos
cos
esc
ft sin a,
"
cos
ft sec
ctn
ft tan
A2
a,
sin A
For
b
cos
cos
"
180"
b2
a.
test,
of
B.
each
puted
com-
part,
B2
For
A, b, and
values
Two
"
find
to
a,
360"
360"
bv
Bv
which
deciding
values
computed
".
Av
tan
the
belong
sin b tan
gether,
to-
A,
cos
cosa
of
sin B
No
or
if
solution
if
Case
642.
For
"
90"
and
either
ft "
or
ft "
180"
a;
"
90"
and
either
ft "
or
180"
a.
V.
Given
and
6,
ft
cos
ctn
ctn
Z?
values
6,
cos
cos
ctn
sin b,
sin
to
Two
solution,
h2
A2
B2
For
of
each
ctn
360"
hv
180"
Av
180"
B1B
ctn
ft.
cos
For
which
deciding
values
computed
sin
sin
Case
Given
VI.
and
B,
ctn
cos
esc
B,
h2
esc
cos
#.
a2
"
cos
cos
5,
sin ft.
cos
of
6.
each
puted
com-
part,
-
360"
360"
360"
b2
For
gether,
to-
sin B
values
ctn
cos
the
find A, a, and
to
Two
solution,
of
belong
sin A
For
puted
com-
test,
643.
5.
part,
6.
ctn
"
""
alf
bv
test,
a
cos
cos
A.
For
deciding
values
computed
sin
which
sin A
sin
of
the
belong
b
sin ft.
sin B
gether,
to-
74
Solution
Case
644.
a,
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
b, and
Two
I.
C,
to
find
and
A, B,
c2
Which
the
of
of the
180"
180"
360"
angle,
which
belong together
sin b
of the
values
of af
belong
to
b,
and
by
with
the
triangle has
First
A,
C,
make
Method.
ctn
A .,
cos
other
Bd
cos
cos
"
Second
make
each
words,
modulus.
602,
cos
cos
sin
sin b
cos
"
sin
tive,
posi-
other
"
cos
In
sin
ratios
which
negative
and
sin
"
these
triangle.
sin
.
ctn
sin b
of
those
By 605
which,
c,
each
and
positive, the
and
B,
other
the
to
of
triangle,
one
negative belong
cos
b +
cos
sin
sin
the
sin b
Based
Method.
is decided
sin C
sin B
values
computed
646.
other
parts
as
sine
=
sin A
645.
cv
parts
as
given
Blt
equations
sin
The
Al9
values
computed
triangle and
one
means
one
included
c.
B2
ratio
the
of
and
sides
two
Gauss's
on
of each
logarithm
cos
Equations
term,
may
thus:
log
log
cos
B)
B)
cos
\c
\ (a -b)
log sin i (a
(iii)log
cos
\ (A
B)
log
(iv) log
cos
i (A
B)
log
cos
cos
$ (a
log
sin \c
\c
sin J (a
JC,
6)
log
cos
"C,
b)
log
sin
"C,
6)
log
sin
\C
-f
cos
log
log
be
76
TRIGONOMETRY
[635], which,
written
(iii)log
" (A
\c
(i) log
B)
log
sin "
(a
\ (A
log sec
b)
log
ctn
"C,
6)
log
ctn
"C,
B)
%(A-
log esc
from
the
to
the
into
converted
log tan
B)+
drawing
By
perpendicular
arc
6)
i (a
difference
the
or
side, the
opposite
sum
from
or
6).
Perpendicular
cq
tan
"
qa
360"
ctn
cos
A
c
"
649.
Bf
sec
is
cos
II.
c
pb
"
cq
sin
qa.
ctn
cq
cos
qa.
cos
equivalent
or
tan
Given
find
to
"
pb
a,
or
"p
two
C.
C.
cos
J\Jf"3
ctn
cos
of
V/
"
cp
esc
sec
cp.
cp
sin
cos
writers
some
by
the
)
pb.
pb.
who
equation
C.
cos
angles
b, and
360"
ap.
CPj""
defined
x,
tan
that
to
tan
cp
or
cq.
esc
Case
and
tan
auxiliary angle,
an
"p =tan
C.
CQ,
method
introduce
Perpendicular
bq.
cos
qa
This
A,
Z?) +
required triangle is
tan
cos
Method.
great-circle
of two
\ (a
log
Fourth
648.
cos
be
may
b)
ctn
term,
"
\c
tan
B)
i (A
log cos
or
of each
logarithm
Analogies
b) +
i (a
esc
tan
B)
" (a
sec
tan
log
(ii)log
i (A
tan
log
tan
the
by taking
Napier's
on
thus:
(iv) log
Based
Method.
Third
647.
and
Two
the
included
side
triangles always
possible.
a,
C-
Which
values
180"
alf
180"
bl9
360"
belong together
Cv
is decided
equations
sin
sin A
sin
sin 2?
sin
sin C
by
means
of the
76
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
*
The
computed
values
of
belong
to
given
ratio
has
values
A, Bf and
positive,the
First
Method.
those
other
sin
604,
sin A
"=
"
"
cos
make
each
triangle
cos
sin
tive
posi-
One
"
ratios
modulus.
and
+
which
triangle.
negative
of these
the
with
which,
C,
each
and
the
By 605
cos
,.
ctn
c, make
to
other
b, and
a,
triangle,
one
negative belong
a
of
sin
"
sin
cos
,.
ctn
cos
"
Second
650.
(634)
"
the
cos
c
y
sin
Based
"
which, by taking
cos
c.
Gauss's
on
logarithm
sin
each
of
Equations
term,
be
may
thus*.
written
(i) log
cos
i (a
b)
log
cos
\C
(ii)log sin % (a
(iii)log
" (a
cos
b)
cos
log
sin \ (A
sin
(iv) log
\ (a
b)
log
log
Method.
Third
651.
(635), which,
tan
log
(ii) log
(iii)log
sec
esc
ctn
log
i (a
sin
cos
"C
the
"c,
cos
B)
log
sin
Jc,
$ (A
B)
log
"c,
cos
"
\ (A
Based
taking
sec
b)
" (A
" (a
ctn
log
(iv) log
esc
tan
log
cos
log
B)
"
Napier's
on
logarithm
Analogies
of each
term,
B)
log
tan
"c,
B)
log
tan
"c,
may
thus:
written
(i) log
by
\C
B)
log
log
be
cos
Method.
sin B
Zj sin
sin
cos
cos
-"
"
b)
\ (A
\C
log sin J (4
log
5)
cos
" (A
" (a
iC
B)
b)
log
sin
" (a
6)
J (o
6) + log tan } (A
log
tan
" (A -5),
" (o
b) +
log cos
B).
TRIGONOMETRY
Fourth
652.
Method.
great-circle arc
converted
Perpendicular
ctn
abq
QBC
qbc
ctn
cos
the
into
opposite
sum
the
or
ctn
cos
Two
c,
-abq
abq
sec
or
cos
Given
III.
by and
a,
A,
bap
pac
pac
both
possible when
both
impossible
value
The
the
difference
cos
cos
the
pac,
sin
cscbap
B, C, and
c,
bap
bap
sec
and
ap.
BAP
360"
=cos
sides
find
pac.
angle opposite
c.
of
"
sin b sin A
sin
"
sin
sin
when
when
the
sin
modulus
is
b sin
A,
sin b sin A.
M
given by
.m
computed
the
according
the
First
654.
values
given
taken
so
Method.
of
Bt
or
sin b
c
sin b
cos
"
cos
"
sin 6
cos
cos
cos
the
can
value
"
cos
cos
sin
cos
cos
sin
cos
cos
2?
cos2
cos
sin B
cos
sin
cos
cos
sin 5
cos
cos
cos
sin B
cos
cos
"
sin A
cos
cos
sin
sin
"
formulas
result
of B
cos
Since
sin
"
cos* A
C
cos2
"
540".
cos
Bin
B2
cos
cos
607,
"
cos2
c
sin
negative
or
180",
B2=
angles
tri-
A.
sin
Bt+
both
b sin A
sin
BD
positive
By
sin
and
Hence
give
to
as
be
will
which
modulus,
same
to
be
must
parts
sin
each
side,
triangles,
identical
there
tan
b =ctn
cos
two
to
ctn
ctn
qbc,
sin qbc.
abq
esc
Case
them
cos
ABQ
"
360"
of
the
from
or
Perpendicular
bq.
tan
653.
one
the
to
two
or
from
drawing
By
perpendicular
required triangle is
of
77
but
give
one
the
value
substituted.
values
of
The
of both
between
same
0" and
remark
and
cos
360"
c,
for
appliesto C,
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
78
"
Second
655.
been
computed
(i) log
(ii)log
in the
as
the
by substituting
(634),
"C
\C
cos
"
(iii)log sin %C
(iv) log
sin \C
computed
in
log
cos
log
sin "
log
sin
log
sin \ (A
log
cos
\c
log
cos
\ (A
log
sin
\c
log
cos
"c
in
as
the
having
found
are
in Gauss's
tions
Equa-
follows:
as
"
(A
\c
B)
log
\ (a
cos
b),
"
B)
log sin % (a
6),
"
"
B)
log
i (a
cos
b),
"
" (A
The
B)
values
two
Napier's Analogies
log
"
Method,
First
and
separately
written
Method.
Third
656.
of
be
may
Method,
of
values
two
First
values
which
cos
The
Method.
sin
separately
which
6).
By having been
of
are
(635),
\ (a
may
be
tuted
substiwritten
thus:
(i) log
\c=*
tan
log sin J (A
(ii)log
Jc
tan
(iii)log
\C
ctn
ctn
log
657.
cr
from
"C
triangles cra
5)
6)
(a
Fourth
c
B)
log tan
" (a -6),
\ (A
log sec
^ (a + 6),
log esc
\ (a
log
\ (a
6)
B)y
="
cos
" (A
esc
log
="
" (A
log cos
B)
6)
sec
By
Method.
perpendicular
and
crb
are
drawing
the
to
6)
formed
which
may
follows:
sin B
"
tan
ar
"
cos
rb
Ct
C2
esc
sin b sin A,
tan
cos
ar
"
AR+
AR
A,
cos
cos
sec
b ctn
cos
rcb
cos
acr
ACR
C3=
ACR-
6,
RB
"
acr
"
sec
RB
tan
Cx
A,
ctn
RCB
RCB
tan
6,
B)
great-circle arc
side,
opposite
be
two
right
solved
as
TRIGONOMETRY
Case
658.
A, By and
of them,
one
Two
Given
IV.
79
find
to
a,
and
angles
two
the
triangles,
both
possible when
both
impossible
identical
The
value
when
the
of
when
sin A
"
sin B
sin a,
sin A
"
sin B
sin a,
"
sin
sin
modulus
is given
by
sin
a.
sln**
"
computed
the
the
to
Method.
First
659.
values
given
taken
so
which
modulus,
same
according
be
must
parts
will
of
By
0
sin
"
b2
180",
sin b
c
cos
sin
cos
cos
cos
cos
sin 5
sin A
C
cos
cos2
"
540".
value
each
results
sin
"
"
cos
2?
cos
sin
cos
cos
sin
cos
cos
A.
cos2
cos
"
sin A
cos
cos
cos
"
sin B
cos
cos
sin B
cos
1?
cos
cos
cos
"
"
cos
sin
"
b substituted
of
but
value
one
of
in the
and
one
last four
equations,
value
of
between
360".
660.
Second
computed
as
for
The
Method.
in the
First
values
the
which
b2
cos
and
"
sin
cos2
sin (7
0"
607,
cos
there
and
"
cos
For
negative
"
bt +
or
cos2
sine
or
angles
tri-
sin
bt +
both
A.
602, 606,
sin
positive
and
sin B
"
be
give
to
as
Hence
"
sin
the
opposite
C.
c, and
b,
side
this
Method,
of
purpose
b
are
values
two
c
and
separately
written
in
in
of
found
are
Gauss's
the
stituting
sub-
by
Equations,
form
same
been
having
as
in
655.
661.
been
Third
computed
form
as
in
the
First
two
as
in
656.
values
Method,
Napier's Analogies,
in
same
The
Method.
which
are
are
of
b,
having
separately
written
in
stituted
subthe
80
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
662.
from
cr
Method.
Fourth
perpendicular
triangles are
sin
which
ctn
bcr
sin
rca
"
which
sin
bcr
cos
cos
of
rcaa
C2
BCR
RCA2
ra
C2
sin
br
ctn
of
br+
B,
sec
a,
ctn
values
gives supplementary
cx
sec
follows:
as
rca,
bcr
right
a,
two
sin a,
Ct
sin
tan
values
gives supplementary
ctn
sin B
esc
solved
be
may
great-circle arc
opposite side,
the
to
which
formed,
drawing
By
B,
tan
ra.
rax
RA2
values
If the
of sin
rcaj
Case
663.
the
three
Two
the
negative, then
are
ra4
ra2
540".
sides, o, b, and
three
c, to
find
C.
and
of
A2
the
Bx
B2
which
Cx
values
computed
triangle and
one
the
ra
and
540"
Given
angles Af B}
sin
and
rca
rca2
V.
At
Which
BR+
360".
angles belong
the
of
is decided
other
the
to
C2
by
means
equations
sin
sin"
sin A
One
664.
triangle has
First
sin
sin
By
cos
cos
cos
cos
y,
other
positive, the
Method.
"~"
sin
=
negative
602,
0
"
cos
cos
sin
sin
modulus.
to
of
TRIGONOMETRY
Second
665.
be
Method.
(612),
form
of
their
from
or
from
620
a)
sin
(s
tan
The
"
"
c)
half
of the
666.
the
"
"
sin (s
both
as
has
whole
")'
sin (s
equations, being
positive and
c)
square
Hence
negative.
doubled
values, which
two
tan
in
$C
tan
",
of these
members
taken
angle
r
,
"
a)
tcrbe
are
tan
tan
-,
right-hand
Two
rived
de-
following
%BD
"
sin (s
find
b) sin (s
sin
values
cosines
convenient
most
is the
tangents
can
1
%A
each
The
(613).
their
from
or
angles
roots,
the
of
622:
V
*""
tan
(611),
the
from
and
/sin (s
tan
sines
tangents
computation
halves
The
their
from
computed
81
the
are
two
angle.
Case
VI.
Given
three
sides, a, b, and
three
the
angles A, B,
and
C,
to
c.
Which
of the
triangle and
"2
"1 +
computed
which
the
to
"2
Cl +
C2
360".
of the
values
sides
is decided
other
by
belong
to
one
of the
means
equations
sin
sin
sin
sin
One
triangle has
First
667.
By
cos
cosa
sin C
modulus.
cos
cos
cos
cos
cos
c
sin
C
cos
C sin A
sin
cos
negative
604,
sin B
cos
other
positive, the
Method.
**
^
sin B
cos
cos
sin A
sin
"
668.
Second
computed
(616),
or
from
from
The
Method.
their
their
sines
halves
(617),
cotangents
or
(618).
of
the
from
The
sides
their
most
can
be
cosines
conven-
82
MATHEMATICAL
form
ient
of
/ cos
ctn
624 and
from
QS
A)
B)
The
roots,
two
members
be
taken
to
each
half
in extreme
also
When
669.
tan
is
When
(45"
is
*A)
0"
near
the
than
general
may
J**
* (*
\ (h
tan
Vtan
or
")
a)
i (B
b)
tan
is
675.
75
b).
(45"*
tan
\a)
*
;
is
near
0"
tan
h is
near
sin
(h
b)
90",
near
^/sin(g"6).
V
or
\a
sin ("
180",
near
6)
Vtan
i (A
b)
tan
90",
"ia(tf-w"i|{:t
A is
near
A is
near
tan
i (it +
a)
0",
sin M
*
674.
74
When
i (B
180",
near
When
used.
be
673.
formulas
*"u-v/^Sil
672.
When
are
90",
near
671.
"7
negative.
doubled
values, which
square
676-681.
670.
When
and
positive
following equations
When
cos(S-CT)
equations, being
both
two
results
the
cases,
'
the
accurate
more
ctnR
fCtnic
side.
Formulas
Special
See
has
whole
of the
values
For
side
of these
as
C)
(S -B)'
cos
right-hand
are
Hence
A)7
(S-
(S
cos
?"*
,ctn*6
cos
the
cos
"*"*
^,
is
cotangents
625:
(S
cos
ctn
the
from
computation
derived
following
HANDBOOK
y/V
cos
(A +5)
2 sin A
sin "
180",
cosU-y/008^-^.
*
2 sin A
sin "
% (h-
b).
give
83
TRIGONOMETRY
Computation
Accurate
676.
Values
x"=
(90""
of Angles
z)"=
the
the
of S and
angle expressed
complement
0" and
near
near
90".
T.
in seconds.
of the
angle expressed
in seconds.
84
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
When
reach,
closely
of
tables
following
the
of
equations
may
and
used
be
not
are
to
within
compute
very
values:
needed
any
values
the
6855749
(10
"
(10
log
x)
cos
77
6855749
log
x)
cos
Or,
the
formulas
678.
log
sin
679.
log
tan
680.
log
x"
681.
log
x"
be
may
log
x"
log
x"
log
sin
log
tan
written
4.6855749
4.6855749
follows:
as
5.3144251
5.3144251
4-^
(10
"
(10
(10-
" (10
log
log
cos
log
cos
x)
log
cos
x)
x).
cos
x).
10.
-
10.
-
SECTION
III
HYPERBOLIC
FUNCTIONS.
Definitions.
with
Connected
circular
or
their
from
which,
exponential
have
and
the
being
the
double
and
sine
the
in
the
of
cosine
named
They
central
through
their
hyp.
sine
of
hyp.
cosine
of
trigonometric
sine,
derived
are
conies,
metrically
geo-
they
or
relations
the
to
hyperbola
'
62
op
radius
any
hyperbolic
denned
are
functions
six
hyperbolic
the
of
semi-axis,
measure
six
properties
Thus
major
the
on.
so
a2
oa
are
to
been
algebraically
eu.
hyperbola
resemblance
certain
denned
be
close
cosine,
from
may
equilateral
functions,
hyperbolic
the
the
sector
the
by
vector,
the
aop,
and
bolic
hyper-
equations
^-"
701
"
"
The
The
denned
and
the
denned
of
the
the
as
cotangent,
reciprocals
defining
'
702.
is
secant,
hyperbolic
respectively.
sine
Or,
hyperbolic
the
as
these
of
quotient
equations
be
may
hyp.
cosine
of
hyp.
sine
of
% (eu
i (eu
etc.
eru)
e~u)
etc.
which
are
the
of
analogues
circular
circular
cos
sin
it
J (e*
"
etc.
(e*M
etc.
85
*)
e-*).
hyperbolic
and
cosecant
tangent,
gent.
tanare
cosine,
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
86
As
notation, it is convenient
to
of the
sec,
esc,
the
of
names
by
Sector
aop
the
represented by,
are
drawn
of
functions
and
x2
1.
y2
"
(double the
are
initial
capital
\d.
oa=
equilateral hyperbola,
hyperbolic
tan, ctn,
\a.
aor
Radius
In
using
cos,
Csch.*
Sector
Circular
abbreviations
thus,
Ctnh, Sech,
Hyperbolic
the
use
functions, sin,
distinction
letter h;
the
adding
letter and
circular
six
the
marking
to
area
1, Figure
of
the
numerically equal
2,
sector
to
the
the
aop)
lines
follows:
as
Sinh
Cosh
Tanh
the
ordinate
of
the
abscissa
of
mp,
om,
703.
well
Some
to
catch
writers
the
MP
AT
OM
OA
AT
"=
merely
attention.
add
the
h, but
AT.
the
capital
initial
serves
HYPERBOLIC
the
If, in
integral
87
FUNCTIONS
the
for
of
area
of
segment
lateral
equi-
an
hyperbola
write
we
for x, the
f Sinh2
a2
AMP
Cosh
u.du
f (Cosh
"
is
result
2u
(Sinh
2u
(Sinh
1) du
2u)
a2
"
"
omp
"
From
the
equation
"
x2
1 and
i/2
-
u)
where
oap,
"
Cosh
oa
a.
"
it follows
703
directly
that
Cosh2
704.
This
and
equation
Tanhu="
705.
the
Sechu="-
"
is
it
given,
Relations
From
the
numerical
values
of the
equations 704-708
Tanh2
Ctnh2
VCosh2
of
other
five.
are
to
ii
one
function
another.
one
deduced
Sech2
u.
Csch2
u.
Tanhu
u
Vl
Vl
VCtn"Pu-
value
Functions
of Hyperbolic
"
"
Sinh
the
710.
"
Cschw"-"
708.
Sinh
"
the
"
Sinh
"
709.
7x1.
Ltnnw
700.
compute
Cosht*
n+*\*".
.-
possible, when
to
1.
defining equations
"
"
Cosh
make
four
"
Cosh
707.
Sinh2
Sinhw
tv^'.
*~~
Tanh2
Sech2
Sech
14
Cschw
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
88
712.
Cosh
VSinh2
Vl
Tanh2
\/Csch2u+
Ctnhw
VCtnh3
Sinh
Sech
Cachu
VCosh2w-
VSinh2
Vl
1,
Sech2
Coshu
VCsch2
the
between
Relations
the
the
x=
isinx=
Cosh
by writing
of
place
in
ra
i (e"-
c-**)
functions
circular
functions
" (ex +
c-")
M6*-
e-x),
x,
functions
circular
e-*")
Sinhz
the
of
^ (ew+
hyperbolic
of the
in those
variable.
same
exponential equivalents
cos
Ctnh
the
and
hyperbolic
of
and
Tanhtt
713.
In
there
the
found
are
following
relations:
i Sinh
sin
in
cos
ru
"
Cosh
tan
ra
"
i Tanh
ctn
in
"
"
sec
iu
"
Sech
esc
iu
"
"
"
w,
u,
w,
714.
i Ctnh
w,
w,
i Csch
w,
tw
Cosh
iu
Tanh
iu
Ctnh
iu
Sech
iii
Csch
iw
cos
tt,
f tan
sec
"
% sin
Cosh
ty +
Sinh
iy
cos
i/
i sin
2/
Cosh
12/
Sinh
iy
cos
iy
Cosh
2/
Sinh
cos
iy
Cosh
2/ +
Sinh
2/
sin ty
"
i sin
iy
"
Hyperbolic functions of
Sinh
Cosh
LTanh
u)
-Sinh
w,
Ctnh
"
u,
u,
2/ +
"
w,
ctn
"
cos
715
716.
i sin w,
Sinh
esc
u.
u.
u)
+Cosh
w,
Sech
u)
-Tanh
w,
Csch
u)
w)
w)
"
+
-
Ctnh
w,
Sech
w,
Csch
w.
FUNCTIONS
HYPERBOLIC
Variations
As
vector
values
positive
Sinh-u
the
the
from
from
passing
oo
717.
"
from
from
to
; and
hand,
0
-
Tanh
oo,
op
as
right-hand
values
oo
to
tote,
asympto
oo.
oo
; Cosh
is negative,
therefore,
oo
"+
00,
"+
1.
Tanhi*
-1"
to
+l"Coshtt
time
1.
of u,
Sinh
"
lower
through
same
other
the
the
the
the
to
oa
passes
from
negative
to
Cosh
negative, passing
positive, passing
For
all
axis
At
oo.
On
to
oa
oo;
1.
the
variable, u,
to
to +
axis
is likewise
to
through
passes
Sinh
from
from
swings
Valves.
from
swings
op
from
from
passes
Tanh
and
is
Cardinal
and
right-hand asymptote,
upper
all
radius
the
89
values,
Cardinal
"
718.
r
Sinh
Cosh
0-0,
0-1,
Tanh
'
0-0,
-jSinh
00
L Sinh
Cosh
00
"
00
00
formula
the
trigonometry
1 4- tan2
by putting
00
1,
"
be
hyperbolic
sec2
becomes
esc2
becomes
Ctnh2
714,
any
an
functions.
and
Sinh2
Tanh2
"
Subtraction
sin
cos
cos
(x "
cos
cos
y =F sin
y)
and
"
"
cos
Sinh
(u"
v)
Sinh
Cosh
v"
720.
Cosh
(u "
v)
Cosh
Cosh
"
"
1.
analogous
Thus,
1.
Sech2
Csch2
u.
u.
sin y
sin y,
iv, become
719.
general
Formulas.
{x " y)
iu
Formulas,
into
changed
00
reducing,
Addition
in
sin
Tanh
,
expressed
Cosh2
The
00
Trigonometric
becomes
ctn2 x+U
00
sin2
=
to
can
the
iu and
relations
involving
putting
cos2
Cosh
00
,
of
of
formula
of Hyperbolic
means
Tanh
,
Relations
By
00
Cosh
Sinh
v.
Sinh
Sinh
v.
by
90
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
From
these
721.
Sinh
722.
Sinh
723.
Cosh
724.
Cosh
725.
Sinh
2w
=2
726.
Cosh
2u
deduced
are
Sinh
2 Sinh
\ (u
v) Cosh
" (w
Sinh
2 Cosh
^ (w
t")Sinh
" (u
Cosh
t"
2 Cosh
" (w
v) Cosh
" (u
Cosh
2 Sinh
" (w
v) Sinh
Sinh
Cosh
Cosh2
2 Sinh2
u+1,
2 Cosh2
Sinh
u,
t*
Tanh2
1 + Tanh2
Cosh2u
u
.
Tanh2
1*
2 Tanh
729.
v).
2u
1
728.
J (w
v).
1.
2 Tanh
727.
u).
w.
Sinh2
t").
Tanh
2u
Tanh2
1 +
730.
Sinh
-=Vi
(Cosh
731.
Cosh
"
(Cosh
732.
TanhH-yA
Vi
Cosh
Cosh
"
Sinh-1
734.
Cosh-1
"
Cosh-1
Hyperbolic
Functions
735.
Sinh
(x
iy)
736.
Cosh
(x
iy)
737.
Sinh
(x"
iy)
738.
Cosh
(x"
iy)
739.
sin (x"
740.
cos
(x"
it/)
=
iy)
of
=
"
Sinh
Sinh
Cosh
Sinh-1
[xVl
Cosh-1
[23/" Vx2
Complex
Variable,
Vl
Vy2
x+
u=
cos
2/ +
i Cosh
sin
Cosh
cos
y +
i Sinh
sin y.
isin
(# T
i Sinh
Cosh
(y T
(y
ix).
ix).
(1/=F ix)*
=F
ix).
y2 "
cos
Sinh
"
Cosh
Sinh-1
1).
733.
1).
y.
x2].
1].
iy.
HYPERBOLIC
91
FUNCTIONS
"
Periodicity.
The
hyperbolic functions,
The
period
and
of Ctnh
of
Sinh
and
is wi.
Cosh
of
Sinh
(u
2irt)
Sinh
u.
742.
Cosh
(u
2iri)
Cosh
u.
743.
Sinh
kiri=
0.
744.
Cosh
kiri
745.
Tanhfciri=
746.
Sinh
(u
747.
Cosh
(u+
iri)
748.
Tanh
(u+
wi)
749.
Ctnh
(u
tti)
750.
Sinh
(2fc+
1) "7tt=
751.
Cosh
(2k+
l)"irt-0.
752.
Sinh
(u
%wi)
753.
Cosh
(w
%iri)
Hyperbolic
iri)
Sinh
Tanh
"
"
Ctnh
"i.
i Cosh
u.
i Sinh
w.
expressed
Cosh-1
u=
756.
Tanh-^-ilog,1"^
="
u.
w.
755.
log,(i*+
vw2
1).
-f
logeCw+vV-
1).
1-
Sech-1
i log
log,
u+
w-
i-+x/l
"
759.
Csch-1
Tanh
w.
758.
of
Coshw.
Anti-Functions
is 2wi; that
0.
Sinh-1
Ctnh-1
periodic.
are
1)*.
754.
757.
circular,
Thus,
741.
the
like
^-log^Vl
w
w2
as
Logarithms.
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
92
The
If
straight
of
ordinate
the
Gvdermanian
The
om2
or3
circular
sector
sector
and
aor
of
the
the
then
If
is
761.
The
the
among
Angle,
the
functions
gd-1
is
sec
the
of
Sinh
tan
Tanh
="
sin
at
Ctnh
esc
on
Sech
cos
Csch
ctn
om
mp
rm
sr
762.
os
rn
=*
Also,
.
763.
Tanh
764.
gd
765.
%u=*
0
0,
grd-1
tan
gd
"0.
00
loge
%ir, gd
tan
(Jir
00)
%0).
the
circular
the
respective
and
is
the
by
0.
thus:
Cosh
of
The
expressed
severally
functions
radian
area
their
of
of
circular
six
double
MP.
"
functions
are
relation
gdu,
aop
are
arid
0;
hyperbolic
six
sector
of
axis
Its
unity.
gudermanian
the
of
anti-gudermanian
and
the
being
oa
hyperbolic
other.
measures,
radius
Sinh
double
to
the
length
of
the
Angle.
equal
the
aor,
foot
has
its
Gudermanian
0, is numerically
the
which
diameter
its
VCosh3
the
is
aor
Angle.
from
circle
angle
measure,
one
for
hyperbola
mr
the
to
tangent
and
drawn
2, be
line, Figure
equilateral
760.
Function
J*\
have
lents
equiva-
Gudermanian
IV.
SECTION
DIFFERENTIAL
AND
CALCULUS.
INTEGRAL
Limits.
801.
Lim
802.
Lim
0}
fa
")
1 +
(
V
803.
Lim
804.
Lim
"
e.
"
"v
00
"
".'
\l+dF
^e.
(1+ a)
log
log
~-i
^i
805.
Lim
806.
lam
807.
Iam-S^-1.
?""
loge
m.
Iim^i-
If i/
Here
Aa?
The
in
and
the
of
variable
value
If
their
limit
Ax
The
is
Ax
be
may
please.
we
Ax,
/ (x
the
finite
variable
independent
of
particular
as
Ay
denote
Ay
Notation.
and
Ax).
differences,
x
and
the
any
we
or
ments,
incre-
dependent
respectively.
y,
nearly
/ (x), then
1.
"
Definitions
808.
a.
-1
6.
approaches
0
at
the
sign
arbitrary
made
to
The
value
0, Ay
same
is read
(may
vary
does
of
the
be
and
Ay
to
please)
approach
depends
on
and
both
infinitelynear
to."
same,
time.
"
approaches
93
and
0
that
as
of
reach
94
MATHEMATICAL
The
definite
value,
limit, which
or
_/(*+
Ay
809.
HANDBOOK
the
when
Ax
and
Ax
-^-
by
the
or
differential
symbols
derived
and
"
to
respect
x.
/ (x).
is also
called
(x),
Dx
by
f (*).
or
be
to
are
differentialquotient,
It is also denoted
function
Dxy, DJ
The
is
dx
coefficient
derivative, or
approach
with
function
-"
dx
The
simultaneously
Ay
of
differentialcoefficient
It is denoted
ratio
A*) -/(a)
Ax
approaches
the
regarded
symbols
as
ax
of
operation,
of
which
that
of
operation
differentiation,upon
is
function
new
/ (x) ;
of
the
denoted
often
x,
result
by r(x\.
The
symbols
"
and
Dx,
DX1
functions
to
u,
v,
Dv, etc.,
etc.,
obedient
are
to
ax
ax
"
Dx
The
Commutative
The
Law
and
x
and
t")
Dxw
ii,
or
Dxt".
Law*,
Am
An
-?
^u
dx*"
The
(u
of Indices,
Am
812.
applied
Law,
ax
or
when
dy
Distributive
The
and
"
dx
dx
and
d/ (x)
are
DxmDx*u
Z)xm+*u.
dxw+w
dx"
symbols
-f"
changing
their
denote
the
the
express
values
differentialsof
at
any
at
rates
given
which
instant,
DIFFERENTIAL
is the
or, what
thing,for
same
variable.
connected
are
differential coefficients
df (x)
813.
in
other
each
the
by
/ (x).dx
"
95
pendent
of the inde-
given value
any
They have,
with
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
AND
equations
DJ
Or),dx
f (x).dx.
dx
to
independent variable, x, is generally assumed
change at a uniform rate, that is, it is equicrescent;and
The
therefore
dx
equicrescent, as when
then
dx
The
is not
this
it is
given
for
symbol
Its effect is to
the
is
of
some
integration
reverse
Thus
other
some
not
variable,
0.
not
of that
inverse
regarded
be
the
as
entiation.
of differ-
differential
and
primative function,
is to be found.
is /
.
undo
or
df (x)
814.
(dx) is
function
primative function
The
of
if
But
0.
function
integrationis
of
derivative
or
d*(dx)
constant, and
process
coefficient
and
is constant
the effect of d.
f(x).dx.
fr(x).dx=f(x).
.J
Fundamental
In
the
of
Formulas.
formulas
following sixteen
independent
some
815.
(au)
variable, x
816.
adu.
"
v,
uy
w,
adu
(u +
/ (u+
q~*
021.
(uv)
d
"
v+
"
UV
vdu
(uv)
*
-
+..:)
.) dx=
udv.
du
du
udx
820.
dw
dv +
I vdx
/ udv
"
...
uv"
7.
.
jvdu*
^
dv
-
" "
C.
au+
818.
819.
jdu
tions
func-
or
'
817.
are
...
"
-"
.
96
MATHEMATICAL
d (uvw
q~~
du
.)
022.
HANDBOOK
dv
dw
"
UVW
"
"
V)
...
vdu"udv
i(v\
q~~
823'
%)
824.
d\ogau
"
'
logae.
"
"
.
! 825.
log, tt
826.
"
j
)
827.
daH
828.
de"
830.
dtt"
If
du
vu"-1
"
(y) and
feudu
829.
e"dw.
/ (x), that
eu+C.
log,u.uv.dv.
log/i.aVdtt.
"
C.
l0gel*+
"
is, w
(/ (x)),then
g..*t.*L-dp(y).f(x)-i)fU.D4f.
dz
dx
dy
Or
832.
dv-
^-^--(fa-F'(y).f{x).dx=
833.
\u.dy=
Integrals of
Differentialsand
834.
d(a+
836.
(ax)
838.
(xn)
Dvu.D^.dx.
dx
dy
x)
dx.
the
Simpler
835.
/ dx
adx
xm.dx=
adx.
837.
nxn'1.dx.
839.
Functions
840.
d(logex)-^-
When
d V*
'
~
l\/X
"-
"
f"
841.
842.
1, use
m+
the
next
logex
ax+
\/x
C.
formula.
f^r
843.
I dx
+C.
J
N.B.
x.
C.
"=
of
2Vx
C.
log"cx..
DIFFERENTIAL
844.
(a
846.
log (a
bx)n
vb
(a
fcx)*-1.
6a;)
"x
a+
f-dx
847.
J
L
_
,(!)-".8"./f""
ft*
log. (a
C.
fcr)+
bx
84,.
97
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
AND
bdx
6x/
\a
(a
^2
6x):
-"-
dx
8si-JVbx)2
852.
da*^
854.
de*
log,a
-"
dx.
a*
.
(a
855
for)
I cP.dx
853.
dx.
e*
C.
-?"
lcx.dx=ex+C.
.
/pax
eax.dx=
858.
jirtm
dlogloa;
859.
dx*
860.
d sin
862.
o-o
",
"
cos
cos
866.
vers
x.
of
The
The
"
dx
Afdx
--
"
x.dx
cos
cos
x.dx
sin x.dx.
865.
/ sin
x.dx
x*
"
sin x.dx.
867.
/ sin
x.
of
sine
is the
of
sinxn-
difference
is the
dx
between
between
difference
covers
coversed
cos
vers
and
1
the
and
x.
vers
""
"
C.
cos
x.
C.
x.dx.
sine
versed
861.
x.dx.
x*
"
"
logeX) dx.
863.
864.
log10e
cos
x"
covers
"
"
(1
x*
dx
1
=
C.
covers
"
"
sin
3.
x+
C.
C.
C.
cosine
the
of
sine
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
98
868.
d tan
sec2
dx.
869.
sec2
dx
tan
"=
C.
2dx
870.
d tan
1 +
2x
cos
871.
cos
f"
J
esc
873.
d ctn
a:
esc2
"
ctn
"
C.
tanfc-?W(7.
1 +
C.
x
=
872.
?"+
tan
"
sm
2/
\4
dx.
x
.
/ esc2
874.
dx
ctn
C.
2dx
"
875.
ctn
2x
cos
"
dx
/j-j
*,*.
cos
?- +
ctn
C.
a:
=
ctn
"
esc
"
C.
8"-/r^-to(j+!)+c878.
sec
a:
-"
sec
tan
/ sec
879.
880.
dx.
a:
esc
esc
"
ctn
a;
x.dx=
tan
sec
C.
dx.
a;
.
881.
882.
log, sin
ctn
883.
884.
loge cos
loge tan
a;
sec
esc
ctn
a:
x.dx
esc
C.
x.
-tan
885.
886.
ctn
x.dx
logesin
C.
x+
a:.
tan
dx
log,.
cos
esc
C.
x+
da:.
a:
.
887.
I sec
esc
x.dx
logetan
log,ctn
C.
+
C.
DIFFERENTIAL
888.
loge qtn
sec
x.dx.
esc
99
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
AND
889:
rsec^x
^log"Q^^^+g^log"tan^+|)+C.
gdrxx
loge (sec a:
tan
x)
logman?.+
C.
C.
890.
fcscx.dx
-
i log,
891
Cosh-1
d Sinh
cos
ay
loge (esc x
x)
ctn
C.
dx.
a;
.
892..
893
(esc x)
Cosh
\1
=
x\
cos
d Cosh
a:
Sinh
="
Cosh
x.dx
"
Sinh
"
Cosh
C.
x+
dx.
x
.
/ Sinh
894.
dx
C.
x+
d Tanh
895.
Sech2
"
da:.
x
.
/Sech2 x.dx-
896.
d Ctn
897.
d Sech
899.
"
Csch2
"
901
d Csch
903.
898.
/ Csch2
x.Tanh
x.dx.
/ Sech
-Csch
x.Tanh
Ctnh
log, Sinh
904.
C.
-Ctn
a; +
C.
x.dx
"
x+
C.
Sech
x.Ctnh
Csch
Ctnh
x.dx
dx.
902.
x.dx.
-Sech
900.
Tanh
x.dx
Csch
x.dx.
/ Ctnh
dx
.
log, Sinh
C.
C.
100
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
905.
dlog
Coshx
Tanh
906.
907.
log,Tanh
Tanh
x.dx.
Sech
dx
log. Cosh
Csch
dx.
x
.
908.
Sech
Csch
dx
log, Tanh
="
910.
log, Ctnh
I Sech
x.dx
/ Csch
2 tan-1
x.dx
Csch
dx.
x
.
ez
C.
gdx.
911.
Sech
"
C,
x+
Ctnhx+C.
-log,
"
909.
C.
log
^+
Tanh
--Sinh-MCschx).
*
dx
912.
dsin^x
Vl-x2
x
913.
sin-1
C,
a; +
cos_1x
dx
914.
dcos^x
Vl-x2
dx
915.
dtan_1x
1+
x2
fr^-^
9l6-
1 +
tan-1*
4-
C,
x2
=
ctn-1
C.
x+
dx
917.
dctn-1
x=
1+
x2
dx
918.
dsec-1x
xVx2-
Q1^
".
"
p-
sec^x
xVx2-
1
-
dx
920.
d esc-1
xVx2-
csc^x+C
C,
C'
101
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
AND
DIFFERENTIAL
dx
921.
dvera-1x
\Z2x-x2
922.
vers-1
V2x
C,
x2
"*
covers-1
"
C.
1)
C,
1)
C,
dx
923.
d covers-1
V2x-
x2
dx
924.
d Sinh-1
a;
Vx2+
925.
Sinh-1
C,
,""
v/x2+
log, (3
Cosh-1
Vx2
1.
dx
926.
dCosh-1*
Vx2-
dx
927.
=Coah-l"+C,
Vx2-!
Vx2
log, (x
Sinh-1
vV-
1.
rfx
928.
rfTanh-1x=
1-s3
Jfl^
929.
Tanh-1*
C,
log. fr^l
* *"
m)
x"l.
**
930.
d Ctnh-1
a?-l
931.
f^~j;
-
"
Ctnh-1
C,
-ih*'(xTl)
+
c'
X"1.
102
MATHEMATICAL
932.
HANDBOOK
dx
Sech-1x
Vl-x2
933.
"*
"
vl
"
Sech-1
x.
x2
"
--logJ^+i-Vl-X2)
\X
dx
dCsch-1^-
934.
xVl
935.
X2
fX
-Csch-*x.
-log^+IVl+x2^
\x
Additional
/ sin
936.
Integrals of Simple
cos
ax.dx
A08 ax.dx-
C.
55_?E
(7.
938.
/ sin2
x.dx=
939.
/ cos2
x.dx
940.
/ sin
941.
942.
943.
/x
944.
x.dx
sin
sin
2x
cos
Sinh
x.dx=*
dx
cos
"x
Cosh
cos
"
sin
cos
C.
"
C.
x+
\x
x"
-ctn
2x
% sin2
tan
dx
sin
xdx=
tan2 x.dx
ctn2
cos
J sin
Form.
945.
ax
937.
2;
C.
-H
(7.
C.
Sinh
(7.
2s
C.
DIFFERENTIAL
946.
AND
Cosh
dx
Sinh2
dx
"
948.
/ Cosh2
dx
949.
950.
/ Tanh2
951.
/ Ctnh2
947.
Sinh
~~~
952.
Cosh
dx
"
nr
eax
sin
" (Sinh
Cosh
J Cosh
Tanh
cos
nx
sin
(n
*
sin-1 x.dx
955-
cos~*
x.dx
956.
/ tan-1
x.dx
"x
x.dx
ctn-1
958.
J sec-1
959.
I esc-1
dx
=-
dx
+Vl
xsin-xx
C.
x)
C.
C.
"
nx)L
cos
+C.^
,
n2
cos-1
tan-1
ctn-1
sec-1
csc^x
"i~
nx)l
cos
^,
+(?.
C.
x2 +
-Vl
x2 +
C.
" log" (1
4-
nx
cl
954.
C.
sin
(o
*
^
dx
nx
x)
"
eox
"*
ea*
C.
x+
%j
"
log,,(x
x2) +
Vx2+
1).
log,,(x +Vr+1).
^.(.-l)^^^^:
960.
961
a2 +
957.
2x
x+
Ctnh
"ox
^
dx
nx
r
~-~
953.
dx
Cosh
Cosh
"
a;
" (Sinh
dx
Sinh
"
103
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
Sinh-1
dx
x
.
Sinh-1
-VW
C.
104
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
962.
/ Cosh-1
x.dx
Cosh-1
963.
/Tanh-1
x.dx
a;
Tanh-1
964.
/ Ctnh-1
x.dx
Ctnh-1
Successive
If the
is called
the
derivative
the
be
result
of
x2) +
1)
C.
C.
derivative;
and
the
if this
third
be
differentiated,
derivative;
differentiations
successive
i log, (1
the
C.
Differentiation.
f (x)
second
x-Vf-1
and
so
on,
denoted
being
by /"""(x).
The
symbols
of
operation
j- of-f/ (x),
f-/ (x); D
or
ax
ax
-g / (*) ;
or
dx
1001.
forms
are
of
D"f (*),
or
D*f (x);
D"/ (x);
or
f (x)
D*f (x)
of notation
(uv)
DuD"v
written
in
are
the
sake
of
1003.
D*(uv)-=
D*uD"v+
2DuDv+
1004.
D*{uv)
D*uU"v+
3DhiDv+
1005.
Dn(uv)
DnuD"v
(n
1)
/"*"(x).
use.
Product
of Functions.
wherein
D"uDv,
for
etc.
etc.
Differentiationof
Successive
Z)"w
etc.
1002.
Df (x),
ax3
etc.
All three
of
axr
"foi^-f(x),
dx
are
D"v
t"
and
symmetry.
D"uD2v.
3DuD*v+
D"uD*v.
Dn~luDv
Dn-2uDiv
+
a
iy"uDnv.
1.2
The
form
of
development
is that
of the
Binomial
Theorem.
AND
DIFFERENTIAL
Taylor's
f(x+h)
1006.
(n
Rn
-^
2)
/"*"(x
(x) +-^r(x)
-|-f
+...
(n
wherein
0A),
105
Theorem.
+
f (x) +"r(x)
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
1) !
0 "
0 "
1.
n!
Or
^stt^!
/(n)(x+ffh),
(n
/(x)./(o)
Rn
O"0
"
+1.
Theorem.
Maclaurin's
roo7.
wherein
1) !
;f(fl)+|r(o)+|r(o)+..
wherein
/(n)(#*),
"t
0 "
+1.
"
n!
(1-g)n"la;n
Rn
(n
N.B.
for
Taylor's
"
I (x) and
its
first
all values
in the
/(n)(^X);wherein
of
interval
in
the
to
interval
x,
Theorem
Theorems
derivatives
successive
from
Taylor's
Maclaurin's
and
"
"
1.
1) !
"
from
are
x
to
for Maclaurin's
for
Function
f (x, y)
valid
are
finite
x
and
when
only
continuous
Theorem.
of
Variables.
Two
u.
1008.
f (x+
h,y+
i-
k)
(h2Dx2u
(hDxu
kDyu)
2hkDxDyu
WDyhi)
2!
the
"(h*Dx*u
general
term
WkDx2Dyu
being"ft!
(hDx
Shk2DxDy2u
kDy)nu.
"Dy*u)
+
.
106
MATHEMATICAL
The
form
symbolic
of
Theorem
Taylor's
f(x+h)
1009.
for
HANDBOOK
for
variable
one
ehDuf(x),
variables,
two
f(x+h,y+k)
1010.
and
Circular
sinx=x-
1012.
cosx=l-"
expressed
Series.
x1
x5
-+-"
"
kD"fOr, y).
Functions
Hyperbolic
x3
1011.
ehD9 +
in
[a^"oo,
+
...
/**2
/y.6
syA
+
Xs
17x7
2x"
62x"
1.X
[rJ"oo.
+...
-"
"
r^2^i_2
"Ju
3/
IOI4.*
Ctn
-TZ--rTi
945
45
"
IOI6.
CSCX
""-i
1017.
'
sin
"
1018.
cos-1
\ir
1019.
tan-1
ctn-1
1020.
1.
tan-xx
"x*
far
far
x-1
"
2x4
x7
+"""
*
"
"
"
2x4x6
[x2 "
1.
[x2 "
1.
x.
Jx5
tan-1
[^"7T2.
,
"
sin-1
1x3x5
x5
"
"
15120
^^1x3
^1
^
x
360
".t*
_!*!_ J*^!
+
|x7
x.
"x~3
"x~5
|x~7
[x2"
1022.
sec-1
x="
1023.
2x4
esc-1
x=
far
sec-1
ir\
[*"*"*"
"""
^+-
4725
sec:c=1+42+i"4+72o!+
=
[x2 "
-7=7^
1015.
102
is,
2x4x6
X.
1.
DIFFERENTIAL
and
Bernouillis'
Some
forms
when
series
The
orders, known
-22L
6
B*
"
z"17
"
"
are
Bm=
50521
"4=5
B12
"6=61
etc.
2702765
etc.
B8
"
1385
798
30
B9
Euler's
as
43867
1
=
of
3617
1
_
R
""-
coefficients
"6
30
r
2730
Bt9
"
orders, known
"2=
"
used.
are
.
The
1025.
Numbers,
"
symmetrical
more
are
take
given
of
107
Numbers.
nouillis'even
Ber-
as
Numbers,
above
coefficients
CALCULUS
Euler's
coefficients
certain
1024.
odd
the
of
INTEGRAL
AND
etc.
etc.
"
66
Thus,
1026.
tanx
*lX+
B6x*
"*
T\
2!
+
.
[x2 "
1027. '
2!
B3x*-?-B6x*--
*i*-t-
"
4!
Jtt2.
91 8
96
94
22
1
ctn
6!
z5yX
"
6!
"~
...
"
'
[X2
1028.
^x2 ^*x4 ^
1 +
x6 4
7T*.
...
CSCX-
IO29.
2
sec
"
(2
1)
2
"
(23 -1)
(25
2
.
1)
[X2"ff2.
1030.
Sinh
J (e"
e-*)
"
.0 !
"-,
+ ^- +
5 1
7 !
[x2"
1031.
Cosh
3-
*(*" + *-*)-
l +
^+^
|!
.
00.
[x2"
00.
108
MATHEMATICAL
Tanhx
1032.
22
(22
1)
HANDBOOK
2"(2"-
2'(2*-l)D^
1)
D^
17x7
2x*
Xs
~*
3+T5
62x*
m^i_i
315+2835
^"*^'
"
1033.
-i
Ctnhx
92
Sech
B8x"
2x*
-6x6+-8x8-
4!
6!
8!
1385X8
61?!
,
__
__
"
24
^x'-
t. + ^4
4725
2!
rj
945
45
l-^^
x-
x
_
o!
O!
i-^x
98
f-5sa* f-B7x' +
4!
-I
~x
1034.
Zl
9"
94
"- ",*
720
"
40320
[x3 "
Csch
1035.
1
2(2-l)B *lX+
2(2*-l)
2(2"-l)BJ*8^
B^+--
4!
2!
6!
31x"
7tf_
_l_x
~*
a-
Smh-1u
1030.
0
.1X3X5
X--"
x=
L^"7r'
-"
15120
360
"
Jir2.
"
1 x
""
--
3 x
"
x
,
-""
"
Tanh-1
1037.
2x4
Jx3
fcx5+ }x7
1 +
-
2x4x6
+
.
[x2"
1.
[x2 "
1.
h log.
1-x
Ctnh-1
1038.
x-1
ix-8
Csch-1
*~
1
-
\xr1
[*"1.
"
x="
I -EI?4.
lx3
2x4
"x-6
*log,^f
x
1039.
1x3x5
"1*
x^7
+"-lar"1'
2x4x6
DIFFERENTIAL
AND
109
CALCULUS
B~X4
BtX2
INTEGRAL
J5BX8
"~"~
^o
[*"2*-
i"4o:^n=1-2+^r-ir+-6r---'
,
^
1.
1.04
"
22~
2*~
R
x*
05
1.
When
"
"
Indeterminate
of
the
fraction
variable,
the
takes
a,
r"
of the
t*
Evaluation
2*~
1-
Forms.
for
'
value
given
any
(x)
form
"
"
value
its true
can
be
found
both
differentiating
by
and
numerator
denomi-
/' (x)
and
nator
in
the
result,
".
also
takes
the
(x)
form
for
If
x.
if
and,
again,
differentiate
"
Ff
substituting
'
F'
(x)
and
again
necessary,
until
again
result
which
is found
does
take
not
the
form
for
"
This
a.
last
result
will
this
form,
the
give the
value
true
sought.
When
1052.
the
fraction
assumes
"
00
0
true
value
in
is found
the
same
in
as
way
the
of
case
"
-
so
that
value
and
the
of
product
the
x=
be
may
J,
of
/ (x)
a,
f (x)."p(x)
product
that
finding
for
When,
O.oo.
1053.
takes
the
found
which
and
the
"p
0", l00,oo".
takes
either
dealt
with
of
as
"
in
these
the
(z)/(a"
-
for x=a,
forms,
its
V,
00,
true
"
When,
last
=*
form
Ffr)
1054.
(x)
(x)
O.oo, the
form
by putting
takes
"p
case.
log, y
the
logarithm
Thus,
-
expression
may
be
taken
putting
"p
(x)f""
and
110
MATHEMATICAL
The
been
it
When
be
can
/ (x) .log,("p(x)),having
exponent,
y, of that
of
00-00.
00
"
the
of
found, that
1055.
00
value
true
HANDBOOK
of the
f (x)
changed
to
"
takes
(x)
which
form
follows.
given function,
the
form
becomes
"
-
and
dealt
with
in the
as
Thus,
first
_J
_L_J_
1__
/(s)_co
f{x)mf(x)ssF(x)
'
case.
oo=Q^0=0.
'
f(x).F(x)
Partial
A
differential
variables, / (x,
all the
is
variables
00.00
Differential Coefficients.
coefficient
y,
z
.
save
of
function
.), obtained
one
the
on
for
are,
of
the
time
two
or
more
that
supposition
being, constants,
coefficient.
partialdifferential
It is written
when
alone
is
supposed
to
vary,
when
y alone
is
supposed
to
vary,
-r"f{x,y,z...),
-"
/ (x, y,
/ {x, y,
.),
dy
when
alone
is
supposed
to
vary,
"
.),
oz
the
form
of the
letter d
indicating that
the
differentiation
is
partial.
Partial
coefficients
differential
subscript
with
reference
also
are
letters
x}
which
to
z,
yy
written
DJ
(x, yf
the
.)
etc.
variables
takes
partial differentiation
place.
Often
/ (x, y,
the
z
single
.),and
letter
df
for
/
the
is used
total
as
an
abbreviation
differential
the
of
Thus
1056.
df
-*-dx
ox
-^-dy+ -J-dz+
dy
oz
or
1057.
df=
Dxf.dx+
Dyf.dy+DJtf.dz+
same.
for
DIFFERENTIAL
DxDyDxf
1058.
order
which
in
If
The
consequence.
no
du
"
dx+
""
"Pu
060.
du
or
dx
Dxu
Dyu
"Pu
dx2
.dxdy+
2DxDyu
dx8
Dx*u
SDx2Dyu
1062.
Or, symbolically,
1063.
And,
d/ (x,
1064.
dy.
Dy2u
v,
.)
2
.
dnw
(Dx.dx
"L
Dy.dy)nu.
dy
^ d"
+"
...
dz
oi/
ox
Dxf.dx+
DJ.dy+
(Dx.dx+
Dy.dy+
Dy.dy)3u.
(Dx.dx+
-r^ dx
"
dx dt/3
SDxDy2u
d?u=*
general,
.dx*dy
dy*.
dy3.
DJu
in
06
law.
commutative
ay
Dx*u
"
dy
""
ox
the
that
means
/ (x, y),
1059.
DyDxDzf,
partial differentiations
several
is of
111
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
DxDMDyf=
the
performed
are
AND
DJ.dz
+
.
.)n/.
1065.
dnf (x, y,
1066.
Hii-F(",y)andy-/(x),^-D,ii+Dlfi4.^-.
.)
z
.
Dzdz+
.
dx
If
1067.
"
(y, z)
and
1/
ax
fx (x)
2=/2(x),
then
dii
t\
f*
dx
1068.
dz
dy
*.
dx
dx
f^-V
D"
2D"D"M
dx2
dx
\dx]
-jj- and
constants
If
in
and
-j"
finding the
y be
dx
\dx/
t"
of
partial
functions
derivatives
of
an
(* V
explicit functions
being
Dju
"Pz
d?y
p,
Note:
"*"
.
relatively
independent
x,
to
are
and
variable
treated
z.
ty then
as
112
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
dx
"Px
dy
"Py
'
dt2
dt
"Py
J1070.
d?
dt
"
/dxY
\dt)
D"x.D?y-D"y.D?x
D2
or
(A*)1
1071.
dx
fdx\2"Py
"py
(Px
_\dt )'dP
(d?x\2 dx
oia
"Py
"
[dt2
)
'dt2
dt
'
'
dt
dp
dx3
"Px
dy
'
'
dt
dt
df*
/dx\5
\dt)
or
(Dtx)2D?y
D2x
3D,x
D2y
(D?x)2
+3D,y
Dtx
Dty. D?x
(A*)5
Change
In
formulas
is the
1069,
from
formulas
to y, that
%L
1072.
and
1070
three
following
variable
of Independent
1071,
for
is when
JL
Dxy
or
put
t=
changing
y=f(x)
y.
the
becomes
-L-.
-
A,x
ax
ax
Variable.
cPx
JlL.
*X
I073
1073*
DJy
or
J"L
-
(A,*)3
/dx\3
dx2
WW
o
d*x
d%
".,
3(iVa;)an
dx
da
'a^xV
fcPxV
W)
"74-
Dvx.Dv*x
("""*)5
The
result
independent
x
"" (y).
AND
DIFFERENTIAL
find
To
INTEGRAL
when
y is
113
CALCULUS
implicit
an
function
of x,
/ (x, y)-0.
1L+M.
ox
1075.
ax
ax
ay
%-
ox
oy
Or
Dxf
1076.
which,
ZV/
by
0, whence
Dyf. Dxy=
2DxDvf. (Dxy)
the
substituting
Dxy
-Dxf+
Dy*f. (Dxy)*
value
of
Dyf.Dx*y
found
Dxy
Dyf.
in
-0,
1075,
gives Dx2y.
(Dxy)
Dx'f+SDx2Dyf.
1077.
Dy*f (Dxyy
which, by substituting
and
Maxima
'
give
Functions
by
maximum
the
substituted
of
or
solving
for
of
Dxy
and
The
values
variable.
one
value
minimum
equation
f (x)
0.
to
0,
/ (a)
is
maximum,
if
/" (a)
"
0,
/ (a)
is
minimum.
nor
or
And
in
vanish
for
nor
/'" (a)
but
general,
x
"
maximum
is not
if
the
if
is of
but
or
an
odd
as
first
order
if it is of
a
minimum
0, / (a)
/"' (a)
according
minimum
minimum;
/ (a) is
and
minimum;
which
found
are
root,
a,
neither
being
x,
"
of
/ (x)
Any
/" (a)
/" (a)
in
Minima.
and
if
If
found
Dx2y
gives D/y2.
1076,
1078.
Dyf.Dx*y=0,
values
the
(Dxy)2
(Dx2y)
SDxDyf
3Dy2f.(Dxy)(Dx2y)
1075
3DxDy2f.
an
is
is also
0, / (a) is
mum
maxi-
mum
maxi-
/ (a)
even
which
is neither
does
a
order, the
according
as
not
maximum
2n*,
/(2n)
(a)
then
0.
"
114
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
1079.
which
give
maximum
or
The
0.
value
minimum
values
to
of
must
a/foy"
and
/ Or, y)
0,
dx
well
as
US"JlL
condition
fulfill the
as
"
is
when
maximum
L
y is
Function
of
will
f fay y)
Ua
and
of
two
be
independent
satisfy the
y that
-J"
-5-
maximum
0,
L^yJ
"
I"
"
d"\
L
1080.
-*-
--""
when
minimum
--f-
"
0.
"-
dy
"
0.
ldV J
variables.
or
minimum
for
values
equations
two
"/fc")-o,"-/"ft*)-o,
and
also
condition
the
"
maximum
dx*'
dtf
)
} requires
d2
ox?
...
minimum
Integration of
1
08
Rational
1.
[dxdy)
and
""
both
*"
be
to
( negative
".
"
ay2
Rational
Functions.
Algebraic
functions
algebraic
positive.
either
are
of
the
form
Axm
of the
or
Bx"-1
Cxm^
Bxm-1
+
xn
ax"-1
+
+
Cx"-2
former
each
the
latter
Kx
+
.
fez71-2 +
.
the
L,
form
Axm
In
case
term
case,
the
degree
is
Formulas
of the
gag
+L
function
separately.
if the
kx
integrated by
816
numerator
and
839.
is not
grating
inteIn
less
DIFFERENTIAL
than
the
divided
is of
the
of
least
at
until
the
A^-1
A0x"*+
less
one
takes
integrated
the
than
the
+Ad
+
.
d=
than
m-
this
of
first part
degree
of
is
/ (x)
is
expression
its separate
integrating
by
the
(x)
higher
not
1.
The
and
n,
function
-^51
where
which
appears
Thus
n.
is
numerator
remainder
115
form
A*?-*
CALCULUS
denominator,
denominator
the
degree
be
to
degree
by
INTEGRAL
AND
integrated,
and
terms;
there
before,
as
remains
to
be
/ (x)
is called
than
that
rational
rational
degree
the
of
denominator.
Rational
fraction
proper
the
"
numerator
Such
fraction
fraction.
proper
Ax"-1
/(s)
the
of
Integration of
A
\ ;
(x)
less
being
fraction
the
integrated
"
is of the
Bxn~2+
Fractions.
Proper
general
Cxn~*
form
+
.
+L
Kx
"
(x)
This
xn
ax"-1
6xn-2
into
separated
kx
+
.
be
is to
partial fractions
the
of
sum
/ (x)
which
shall be
rated
the
factors
into
roots
xt, x2,
F(x)
x3,
to
"
(x-xx)
Now
1083.
"rH
F(x)
by solving
equal
xn,
For
this
the
and
(x-x2)
equation F(x)
then
gives
the
xx
^n
+
Alf A2,
clearing
by
the
x2
'
'
^
An
to
are
of
equation
xn
be
determined.
fractions, which
identity
/ (x)
and
{x)
constants
is done
find
(x-xn).
A2
+
'
This
to
putting
(x-x8)
^1
,_,
the
"
assume
/ (s)
where
is sepa-
F(x)
purpose
"
equating
side of this
AJt
the
(x) +
A2f2 (x) +
coefficients
identity.
of
like
+
.
Anfn (x),
powers
of
on
each
116
MATHEMATICAL
function
the
Thus
be
to
each
partial fractions
HANDBOOK
the form
of
the
which
is
of
sum
integrable
becomes
integrated
"
by 847.
i.
log, (x
a)
C.
x"a
Thus
equation
(x)
to
been
0
"
If
1084.
equal
it has
far
(x)
(x)
have
"
each
(x
all real
are
q roots
xv
assumed
where
roots,
x2)q (x
assumed
^1
{x
Or)
(x
The
values
clearing
of
of
powers
Thus
'
?fl+-..+
"
(x
x2)3-1
numerators
and
fractions
x2
*""""
""""
the
xx
""""
of
"
\
/
a?2)"
x^f-1
+
x
(x
:
.
^p
+
B%
+
,
then
on,
A2
x1)p
each
roots
are
__
the
n.
partial fractions
/ (a)
so
x3)r
p+q+r+...=
The
say
x2, and
to
of
roots
different.
equal
(x
xy
and
equal
the
that
found,
are
the
equating
before, by
as
coefficients
like
of
x.
the
function
be
to
integrated
of the
partial fractions,some
becomes
form
,
the
sum
of
already integrated,
x"a
A_
a
and
i
If
1085.
pairs;
x2
that
place
form
of
it.
Or)
the
-r^
p)2 + q"
-
the
a)k
xt
(k
is
integrable by 845.
C.
is of
being
a)*-1
1) (re
-
have
imaginary
the
conjugate
fractions
"
a)'
(x
is, if
is of
say,
partial
Or
which
-"
(x
form
form
added
which
is free
two
partial
,
'
give
from
iq
p +
p-
iq.
a
The
root,
corresponding
fraction
that
in
come
other
some
imaginaries
6
fractions
these
roots,
of
and
were
the
form
is used
in
added
to
If there
their
be
two
or
conjugates,
assumed
INTEGRAL
AND
DIFFERENTIAL
more,
the
Z, equal imaginary
say
corresponding
partial
[(x-p)2
q2J
[(*-
similarly for
And
assumed
be
to
Pix+Q,
*
in
found,
and
fractions
the
be
to
some,
others
of
the
integrable by
like
of
of
into
up
x.
partial
and
Px+Q
and
next
tions,
frac-
equation
powers
"
"
8"
other
any
already integrated
Px+Q
(s-p)a
are
of
roots.
partial
the
is broken
which
other
clearing
be, of forms
forms
the
by
of
as
of
numerators
integrated
it may
fractions,
well
as
"f
p)2+
equal imaginary
coefficients
equating
function
Q's,
before,
as
(*-
of
set
and
the
'
f]1-1
other
P's
constants
are
vY
any
the
of
values
the
fractions
P*x+Q2
"
Thus
and
roots
are
Pxx+Q,
The
117
CALCULUS
[(*-p)'+"T
formulas.
ten
1086.
f A? **+*"-a f
ex2
ox+
J a+bx
cx2
b2
"
_nl_
+
bx
cx2
cx2
b +
dx
bx+
ex2
4ac
+C,
b2
"
when
4ac
when
4ac
fe2 "
0.
b*
0.
c,
2cx
"
dx
1089.
h"^L
tan-'
v4oc
*5
ex
-^
bx+
a+
1088.
a+
dx
1087.
Bf-
+
,
bx
(W-*M)-b-2cx\
log,
vV
4oc
\V(62
4ac)
b +
2cx
c"
+
'
when
4ac
b2 "
1090
"7
6a: +
cx2
1
i_
log,
Vft2is
which
Vft2
4oc
merely
4ac
2cx
/ft+ a"
/""""
Vft2
4ac
vgzjggj
-
\6 +
another
is less than
--
b +
2cx+
form
2cx.
of
c,
Vft2-W
1089,
to
be
used
when
0.
118
MATHEMATICAL
J
which
4ac
0, and
1092
C
"fJ
a
b +
2cx
and
in
If 6 + 2cx
4oc.
be
to
used
when
"V"2
-4oc,
of Tanh-1.
place
dx
ex2
bx+
V"2
"
C,
Vb2-4ac
4ac
1087,
to
written
be
may
\Zb*
ex2
analogous
b2 "
Ctnh-1
^^Tanh-'-A"^-
bx+
a+
is
*!
io91.
HANDBOOK
log, (a+bx+
ex2)
2c
2c
dx
f-
ex2
bx+
xdx
1093
"
bx
ex2)*
(p
2c
i) (a
bx
cx*Y
bx
1
Aac
b+
b2
(p-
1) (a
(2p-3)2c
|
"
(4ac
The
the
-1)J
1) J
62) (p
in
the
bx
cx2
1086
ex2)11-1
(a
6x
ex2)*-1
formula
depend
makes
ultimately
on
which
refer
of
above
to
087-1
from
091
becomes
1092
Bx
bx+
ex2
2Ac-Bb
completes
integration
into
ex2)*
dx
member
This
bx
this reduction
of
by substitution
A+
'
first
for
+
Formula
1095
dx
/;
a
bx
2cx
f
f-
repeated application
integral
J (a
J
2c
ex2)*-1
dx
J (a
1094
-1
dx
the
rational
partial fractions.
.
.
,x
dx
r
.
list of
formulas
proper
fractions
necessary
by
for
breaking
the
them
DIFFERENTIAL
AND
formulas
easily
few
added
INTEGRAL
119
CALCULUS
deduced
the
from
foregoing
are
here.
dx
1096.
ex2
ex
tan
"
C.
"
ac
ac
[a "
0,
c"
0.]
PS--1*^
097.
ex2
f"
098.
J
ex
"**
ex
-^=
Tanh-1
ex2
c
a"
"Vac
C.
vac
0,
a"
fjvac
/Vac
1
1",
log,
"
2Voc
/ac
c"0.
cx"
cx\
n
C.
)+
"
XVac
cx/
"
r~^__"Itan-1-+C--Ictn-1H+C.
099.
a2 +
x2
-x2
a2
log.
v/^
a
"
x2
a2
[x"a]
C.
"
-ictnh-^
J
[x"a]
C.
XZOI
iTanh-1^
/dx
IIOO.
+
a
[*"a]
"
Irrational
Integration of
An
expression
changed
variable.
to
form
Following
Algebraic
radicals
containing
rational
by
can
in
often
very
substitution
of
which
device
the
cases
are
Functions.
this
useful.
1 102.
Put
Va
bx=-
y,
then
x=
~a
,
dx"-^dy.
0
103.
Put
%/a+
bx
y,
then
dx
n\
0
be
new
is
120
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
the
For
104.
of
removal
^"*
Vo^TfcV,
of the
radical
form
"*-bz
put
y,
then
a
x
y*
"
"
2y
For
105.
the
2y*
of
removal
^a^bx
put
"
"
radical
Va2
form
IPx2,
]_^
of the
1+J/2
wdw
4a
,
"~
(If
where
for
one
the
106.
of
removal
in
the
itself
is
radical
for
(i) Put,
(l+i/2)2
the
of
for
one
the
abbreviation,
form
there
positive,
always
sign and
upper
"
___
For
"~
"
^_
Va+
bx"
two
are
bx
cx"
(b
\^4ac
"
2cx)
_
h(l-yi)-2by.
x
Va
bx
cx*-11*;1*^'
4Vc.y
devices,
lower.
b2
h, and
put
2Vc^a
ex2,
which
then
107.
V4ac
abbreviation,
for
(ii) Put,
121
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
AND
DIFFERENTIAL
b2
k, and
then
put
Ik
"+
2cx
which
b +
(1
2c
Va
foe
iyes
6
y'
2cx
if)
ky
ex2
Vdi+y2)
2kydy
f /*
108.
11
sin-1^
Vtf-x2
Va2
^sin-1^
Va2-*2
ax
-^
C.
C.
^sin-1^
mi.
"
cos-1
or=-
^Va2-f
"
x2
fVa2-x2.dx
10.
C,
f fdx
09.
C.
-Sinh-^+C^Sinh-1-
x/r8
"
a2
log, (z
tfdx
1112.
JVa^
a2
fVxt +
I Vz2
a?.dx
1114.
a2
1 v'^Ta?
r
t/
,dx
Vtf-a2
" Vx2
C.
Sinh-*"
-4-
Vx2
^log,(x
+
"
Sinh-1
+a2
"cosh-i"+
flog,
(x
"
a2) +
C.
Vx"
c.
Xo"ixWtf-a^
#7.
a2)
1113.
Vs8
"tf_"
=xv/t2
C.
a2) +
C.
122
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
f fdx. -gV^^
1115.
" vV
g-'Cosh-'g+C.
a*
log,(x +
a1) + C.
/'Vx^o'.dx-IVx^^'-^Cosh-1^
/"
1116.
V"^tf-
2ax
C.
C-mn-^-^+c
x2
"
XdX
f
V2ax
"/
log, (x +\/xJ^aJ)
^vers-1-+
v
t/
IIl8.
dx
7.
III
Va?
--^-^^/ivftBr^^r?
x2
V2as
s2
sin-1
?-^^+
C.
1 1
(V2ax-x2.dx
19.
"VS^^
"
|ffln-*(^)
C.
1120.
Va+bx+
Vc
ex2
when
1
a^i^i
Sinn-
2cs
+
/ b"+J^\
c"
0.
c"
0.
C,
\\/4ac-62/
when
4ac
l_Cosh-^4"J^U
0,
C,
W"2-W
Vc
/c
when
isin-1
V
"2 "
4ac
-62
( b+2cx)
V Vb2
"
0,
0.
c"
C, when
"
OJ
-W
1121.
/./
"
TT
"
"
IJ~~
b+2cx
j
/v
wherein
4ac"b2fdx
,
VX
"Va
bx
ex2.
123
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
AND
DIFFERENTIAL
1122.
(A
2Ac-Bb
BVX
dx
Bx)
/dx
Va
ex2
+bx+
VX
2c
VX
wherein
Va
bx +
ex2.
bx
ex3.
1123,
xm
Va
(2m
xm-1VX
dx
bx +CX2
1)6
2mc
mc
(m
1)
"
(x(x
VX
Va
the
by
dx
of
substitution
+CX2
to the
changed
is
2/ for
first member
of the
form
of
x"
the
p)m Va+bx
(* x"-2
VX
wherein
VX
mc
dx
1124.
rxm-1dx
formula.
preceding
1125.
dx
Tanh
(a-
x)Vx
Va-
"
V"
V
+C
a
*
b
"
The
real
form
Ctnh-
or
Va2
or
tan-1
7r
V
taken.
\/v^
V
be
to
a-
+C
1126.
/;(a
Tann-Vl-11-2
C
dx
x) Vb
Vb-a
"
The
"
2
or
Ctnh-1
Vb^a
-
or
"
2
tan-
Va-b
v/-^=-2C
b-
taken.
JIH
+
Va-b
form
real
to
be
124
MATHEMATICAL
127.
J
in
place
(A
dx
Bx)
putting py+9
=hy
hx2) Va+bx+cx2
(f+gx+
values
the
of x,
HANDBOOK
of
and
V +
determined
being
from
equations
the
and
2cpq
(p
q)
2a
2hpq
(p
q)
2/
putting
then
place
in
and
h1z)Val+
(/1+
integrable by
"
CjZ
to
the
forms
which
"
are
1096,
1098.
(x) dx
// (x)
F
y2, is reduced
of
1102,
/-
bx
can
be
of
terms
the
integrated by
ex2
f (x)
of
separation
'
into
'
series
and
partial
f rac-
(x)
dx
by
the
form
1 1
when
or.
24
Or)
(A
of the
Bx)
of
of
roots
be
the
the
tion
equa-
(2bB-4cA)x
=+0'
(a+bx+cx2)*
of
27.
"^i^-
Va
(b2-4ac)
Reduction
11
(4aB-2bA)
dx
will
fractions
imaginary
form
integrating
ex2
bx+
partial
pair
0 occurs,
1129.
The
terms.
separate
and
=-
vc
the
of
powers
bx +
cx2
trigonometric
functions.
I
1130.
a\rimx.QO"nx.dx
sin-^.cosn^+mZL_l
/%in^x.Cos"
*."**,
J
m+n
smm+i
H3i.
cosn~
osn
"x
+-
"
m+
fsmmx.cosn-3x.dx.
nj
/sinm
x
cosn
"
smm+l
(n
1) cos
n-xa;
m-
nn-
sinm
a;
Jcos*-3a?
sinm-1
m
ff*
x
"*/
K71JLX
_
U33-
r"
(m
rsinm-3
Sill
/
1
I
n)
"
134.
(n
cos11-1
1)
C sin"-3
m-
cosn
"
"*"
nj
"
"
x
""/
cosn-1x
sin"*-1
,
"
"
~~
125
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
AND
DIFFERENTIAL
cosn-3
1 J
"ax.
x
/cosn
x
-dxj
sinmx
cosn+1
(m
1) sin"1-1
"
cos*1-1
"
130.
"
"
(m
1)
"
"
"
sii
sinm-3a;
a;
dX.
"
sin"*-2
1 J
x
"
C cos11-2
sin"*-1
/* cosn
J
J
"
"
n"
m"
dx
1137
si
smm
cosn
m+
dx
n"
The
the
(alternately) of
of
the
dx=
two
is
one
x,
dx
cos
cos
"
"
log, cos
x,
log, tan
cos
cosx
x.dx
"
"
"
sin
cos
f *L
"
log, sin
"
x,
sinx
j sin
x,
f -i*
sinx
dx
dx
"
"
sin x.dx
/sin
sin x,
="
of
or
(1130-1138)
formulas
foregoing
one
/cos
I
of
applications
repeated
of
result
"J
2x,
cos
log, tan
x,
tan
fc
\4
1\
2/
126
For
MATHEMATICAL
/ sinm
cosn
tanm
x.dx,
x.dx,
HANDBOOK
use
x.dx,
putting
1131,
use
x.dx,
/ secn
x.dx,
use
1137,
x.dx,
use
1136, putting
use
putting
138, putting
Miscellaneous
0.
0.
m-
putting
1134,
J ctnn
cscm
putting
1130,
use
m.
n.
0.
0.
Integrals,
dx
U39"
b sin
"
sec
"
tan-1
(sec
5
1 sec 0
a
| " tan^
x
tan
tan
C,
"
when
1140.
6, and
"
"**. ^"^iogegHLij^^
a
"
sin
cos
when
i (xT
a, and
"
sin /J.
(7y
a)
a
6 sin
"
a2 "
when
a.
6*.
***
"
1142,
cos
^^(v/lri
*""")+*
when
eoaxdx
"
XI44-
cos
"
cos
1
-
-t
dx
+
sinxdx
....
a+
T_
""_a
log, (a
fe**
ft2"
cos
C.
cos
x)
'
C.
a2,
"45-
dx
b tan
[b log, (a
=-
a2
sin
/ sin
147.
cos
si
sin
cos
mx
"
(m-
148.
48.
ri)x
sin
ri)
(m
cos
cos
cos
mx
n)
"
(m-
ri)
(m
4-
-n) a;
(m
ri)
sin (m+
ri)x
(m-
ri)
(m
ri)x
+
"
ri)
/ 10g,xdx"
1152.
(log.x)n
xlog,X-
dx
C.
(log,x)n-n
anxn)
a2a?
ax
II5I,
I(log.x)*-1dx.
1153.
"
\jn
I
154.
Xm
(lOgeX)n
771 +
(m
1)2J
dx
l0^X)n
f x*
-^"
-
(log,x)"-i
1J
m+
P""xdx__\o!kx_l+c,
"55.
"
/IxPe^dx
a
dx
nx
ISO.
50.
(m+
cos
ri)
"
sin (m
(m+ri)
__
149.
iir).
dx
nx
C.
ax]+
dx
nx
sin {m
b sin x)
sin
mx
jr-log,
tan
(*x
"
cos
o2
f-
146.
127
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
AND
DIFFERENTIAL
x2
XX
*)n
r(l"fr
156.
J
dx
?"
"
(iogex)~+i
c.
dx
C.
128
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
Definite Integrals.
b
II
""
Ua
da
Joa+
db
2\/ab
bx2
Wab
J a+bx2
J
a
*a/b
bx2
bx2
t/"
n6o
dx
Joa
da
s-s-sda
f-f+f-
58-
II
"57
Ja
*a/b
II
f-*
62.
ir
SB
"
"/
nVCo'v
"
a"
-"
"
2\/b
bx2
00
sin 6x
ir
dx
II
if 6 is
""
positive;
negative;
ii
64.
fS"*!?
dx=
Jo
67.
dx
=W-
Jo
Vx
/ sin2
mxdx
0, if
"
0.
/ sin2n
,"
cos2
dx
mx
"*".
Jo
+1
I cos2n
Jo
xdx=
Jo
4 x
2 x
dx,
2n
6 X
...
7x
3x5x
wherein
(2n+l)
-
is
168.
/ sin2n
xdx=
Jo
cos2n
dx,
Jo
1 x
3 x
5 x
...
(2n
1)
ir.
.
2x4x6x...2w
gral
positive intenumber.
is
\/x
Jo
ii
if 6
"
00
Ccos
Ci
166.
"
oo
3D
Jo
'sin xdx
rsin
ii
"
DIFFERENTIAL
AND
129
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
00
le-ndx"l.
Xl'69.
erx% dx=
170.
\\Zv.
Jo
Jo
00
[whereinis
f*"e" d*--"L,
1171.
Jo
Ln
an
ls
positive,
positive integer.
00
r^
-^"
sin
[0 "
Approximate
find
To
the
of
arc
the
ordinates,
of the
area
curve
the
suppose
strips by
narrow
their
series
strips the
the
to
space
the
axis
of
required
between
and
x,
made
by
closer
the
of
any
the
being
number
the
larger
the
fixed
into
equidistant ordinates,
The
an
two
divided
be
to
strip, and
area
of
space
apart.
each
narrower
included
plane
given
distance
common
Integration.
f(x),
y=
1.
n"
nw
of
mation
approxifollowing
methods.
(i)
Each
strip regarded
height equal
The
to
of the
areas
the
their
base
left-hand
the
on
of
side
and
of
it.
strips are
A,
sum,
rectangle
ordinate
hy"" %i"
and
as
is
hy2f
hyn_l}
approximately
the
the
of
area
given
space.
1
A-
181.
(ii) Each
h(y0+
y2 +
yt+
strip regarded
as
,+y^.
trapezoid the
of
areas
which
are
and
their
This
($y0 +
approximation
yx +
is closer
y2 +
curve
than
sum
182.
+yn_t
that
given by
is obtained
ends
of
iyn).
each
1181.
by regarding
set
of
three
13Q.
MATHEMATICAL
ordinates
successive
this purpose,
The
axis
the
of
area
parallel
number.
even
an
strips lying
two
"M2/0+
The
For
ordinates.
the
to
of
arc
ordinates
the
between
2/3 is
Vv
Vv
make
the
being approximately
as
its
having
parabola
HANDBOOK
of the
area
y2" Vv
next
*2/i+ 2/2)-
is
V*
ih(y2+
And
so
the
on,
1183.
This
\h [y0 +
formula
is
stripsbeing
42/n-i+
\n double
of these
sum
y4).
last two
of the
area
4t/3+
ih (2/n-2+
The
ordinates
the
between
strips lying
two
2/n).
strips is
(yx +
yz +
yh +
(y2 +
2/4 +
2/6 +
known
"
the
under
y%-J
2/"-2)+
of
name
ttJ-
Simpson's
Rule.
Rule
Simpson's
the definite
be
may
used
for
the
computing
value
of
integral
b
fjf (x)dx,
provided
remain
its derivatives
and
finite and
b, and
s=
of
/ (x)
in the
sign
further
provided
that
interval
and
from
fY (x) undergo
Under
interval.
same
the
in
continuous
f (x), f (x),
fn (x)
a
to
change
no
conditions
these
f
1184.
/ / (x) dx=ih[y0+
+
last term
The
that
(y2 +
(^
2/4 +2/6 +
2/s +
2/3 +
"
error
"
"
of
e
.
*i,
h*
w"
o")
2/n-i)
2/n-2)+ Vn]
Simpson's
is
185.
(o)].
Rule,
DIFFERENTIAL
In
than
this
therefore
1 and
n86.
the
P "
limits of the
1 for p in the
1 "
Limits
of
are
found
by substituting
jj"\f (b)
(o)].
Order.
Fjfrst
Differential
Equations of the
differential
Given,
1201.
/ (x) dx+
I f(x)dx+
Solution,
it is
expression.
"
that
1;
error
above
error
131
CALCULUS
INTEGRAL
AND
only
(y)dy=*0.
fF
(y)dy
C.
Given,
1202.
f4M
Solution,
1203.
This
is
the solution
/ / (x,y) dx
up
1204.
(x,y) dy
0.
is either
if the
But
"p(y)
Dx? (*,y);
\"p
(x,y)
\f(x,y)
y)dy+j
J "p(x,
or
0.
integrableif
"vf (*,y)
and
(x).^ (y)dy
("Mdy=C.
dx+
J F(x)
Given, / (x,y) dx
form
/ Dy
I Dx"p(x,y)dy\
dx
condition
f(x,y)dx\
dy
of
C,
above
integrability
C.
given
is not
the
partialdifferential equation
'
/ (x,y) DyM
[Dx"p(x,y)
Dvf (x,y)].
132
MATHEMATICAL
In
1205.
many
HANDBOOK
cases
dy
found
be
can
dx
m
the
from
equations
dM
_
'
/ (*, V)
(x, y)
Homogeneous
If
1206.
to
as
and
"
(x,y)]
be
geneous
first order, homo-
of the
equation
can
y,
[Dx"p(xyy)-Dyf
DifferentialEquations.
differential
reduced
to
the
general
form
4g_-
tfy
-'""
dx
it
solved
be
can
by putting
t" V
zt,
xdt
dy*=
tdx.
The
solution
is
-//"^+c-
1061
DifferentialEquations.
Linear
A
differential
linear
and
variable
The
only.
order
is
equation
its derivatives
general
form
equation
an
ent
depend-
first
of
degree
the
first
is
wherein
and
functions
are
First, determine
py -0,
or
constants.
is
as
follows.
by integrating
"L
of
of solution
method
The
1207.
that
is,
dx
which
the
the
in
occur
such
of
in which
one
the
equation
"
-
Pdx,
gives
~
-fpdx
y=CeJ
Next,
fpdx
or
,
differentiate
y e-*
="
er
"
G
.
C, obtaining
/Pdx\dy+ Pydx)=0;
fPdx
which
shows
that
given equation.
eJ
is
an
integrating
factor
of
the
DIFFERENTIAL
INTEGRAL
AND
the
Finally, multiply
133
CALCULUS
given equation
by
this
integrating
factor, obtaining
(dy
"
which
Pydx)
Qdx.
e'
integrated gives
fPdx
yeJ
-fPdx
or
1208.
[fe/PdxQdx+c'].
eJ
e/PdxQdz+C,
differential
of the
equation
general
form
ax
wherein
reduced
and
to
functions
are
linear
the
form
multiplying through by (
l)2Tn^+
(-n+
or
constants,
dividing through
by
n
of
can
by
result
(-n+l)Pirn+1=(-n+l)
0,
ax
putting
for
y-n+1.
^-
The
result
is thus
(l-n)P"-
reduced
to
(l-n)Q,
ax
which
is linear
to
as
z.
DifferentialEquations
--*{
Given
1209.
-=
of
the
Second
Order.
/ (x).
dx*
Solutions
(1)
(2)
I dx
I f (x) dx
I f (x) dx
Ctx
C2.
J xf(x)dx+C1x+C2.
be
yn,
134
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
Given
i 2 io.
S-'"Solution
dy
I2i
".
VC,+
2//(y)d2/
Given
i.
da?
By
x-
-"ffl
-^
putting
2,
"
dx
*
"
-^-
there
derived
are
two
dx2
dx
equations,
f"-+Cu
x.
from
which, by
the
ff"?
y-
of z, the
elimination
C
2"
required
solution
results.
Given
1212.
"(%"')
dx?
By
putting
-^z,
"
dx
result
is
^{^",
dx2
the
in
given
equation,
the
dx
first order
in z,
namely
dz
/ (z,x),which
"
"
be
may
integrable.
dx
If the
the
result
solution
of
of
integrating
the
given
"I3.
By
"
equation
"p
(x),
is
then
obtained
by
dx.
"-/("*).
Given
putting
it be
-^
-
ax
z,
"?
dx2
-4-
in
,
dy
the
given
equation,
DIFFERENTIAL
the
result
is
INTEGRAL
AND
differential
135
CALCULUS
of
equation
the
in z,
first order
namely
f--/(*;*).
".
which
be
may
If the
integrable.
the
integral of
the
of
it be
integrating
"p(y),
*-
then
result
is
given equation
Differential Equations
"
"p(y)
n*
the
of
order
with
constant
coefficients.
Given
dn-x
dny
a
substitution
The
(i)
dy
of
for
erx
in
each
of
term
this
equation gives
(aQrn+
which
expression
an
satisfies the
a1rn^x +
vanishes
r2,
solution
each
is
the
rn
be
for
o") erx,
value
every
Cxe"
in
the
of
which
there
is
another,
coefficients
then
1215,
imaginary
av
a2,
member
of
root, say
conjugate,
.
general
CneT**,
this
equation
p +
iq, there
given equation.
its
a0,
the
equation,
Cz"f"* +
right-hand
one
"0.
+an
is
Cjf*
of the
of this
roots
given equation
term
solution
a2r"-* +
the
are
particular solution
(ii) If
must
of the
1214.
and
equation
atf" +a1rn-1
If rv
a2rn~i +
"
"
"
iq, provided
all real.
are
an
r4
say
r8
The
general
becomes
Ci"i*
Cjf*
Cge*
[C3
e**
cos
qx
C****.
+C4
sin
qx]
136
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
(iii) If
say
some,
*"l
1216.
12
last
roots
^8
**
equal,
are
*J"
"*
=
"
"
"
becomes
C2x +C,x*+
"
Cpx*-1)
Given
17.
The
(C1
"**
r2
then
general solution
the
the
of
p,
roots
rl9
r3,
r2,
determined
first
are
rn
in
as
the
problem.
general solution
The
wherein
zxeT*x
zif
z2,
zly
is
z2eT*
V**
the
are
zn
+
.
Znf*"
of
results
the
solving
equations
dx
dx
d*x
r2^x
i^,*
*a
+
for
its
1218.
given
equation
right-hand
4h
v"*
r^^xdzn
_
dx
ax
Cxe*x
had
member,
C2er**
dx
(XX
ax
the
ax
ax
ax
ax
If
dx
ox
ox
ax
constant
its solution
+
.
instead
would
Cn"*--* +
be
"
"
of
/ (x)
V.
SECTION
GEOMETRY.
ANALYTIC
N.B.
Rectangular
The
coordinates
between
I
the
and
Point
The
coordinates
of
(xlf yt)
points
two
in
Plane.
otherwise
unless
assumed
are
(x, y)
point
Line
Straight
the
dividing
(x2, y2) in
and
stated.
distance
ratio
given
are
: m
lx_
.-
1301.
ly~
mxx
x=*"
lt
mytstl'
2/=
,
I +
X*
X
I302.
0
is
bisection
of
point
The
I +
by
given
y-1Lk"JL.
"
Xl
"
The
point
lx9
by
ly9
mx.
"
"
between
distance
1304.
If
1305.
distance
d?
If
is
{xx
the
the
x2)2
(yx
oblique
y2)2
line
the
angle which
(yt
(x2, y2) is
making
angle
an
(xx
makes
x2) (i/1
-
axis
the
with
$/2)cos
of
then
1306.
Xl
cos
X*
sin
'
y*
a
1307.
distance
of
any
^2
*
The
the
co
equation
the
by
x2)2
be
axes
given
points
two
V(xt
"*"
l-m
l-m
The
my,
"
y^-^2
1,
2
=
is given
division
of external
1303,
point
(x, y) from
d^Vtf+y2.
137
the
origin is
w.
is a,
138
MATHEMATICAL
If the
be
axes
oblique, making
1308.
Va?
If A
If B
=-
If C
"
the
on
axis
of y.
the
of
axes
y, the
equation
line
the
of
of y, its
equation
and
makes
"
"
with
angle /?
an
line makes
written
makes
of
axis
be
x.
origin.
straight
may
^=1.
straight
the
intercepts which
and
the
through
passes
axis
0.
6 be
direction
is
of
the
w.
axis
1310.
If
cos
and
2xy
co,
straight line
By
angle
an
of the
Ax
1309.
y1
general equation
The
If
HANDBOOK
the
intercept
an
positive
b
on
the
called
the
is
"
y=mx+b,
1311.
wherein
slope
"
of the
The
".
tan
coefficient
line.
[
straight
and
has
given
line
inclination
If
straight
the
(Zi"2/i)and
line
"
tan
of xy its
equation
2/
*i).
given
two
points
y*-yi.
-yi
=
x^
X2
"*/"
tan
^2
ILx
.
*^2
be
perpendicular
in
equation
1314.
is
1313-
If
p.
through
passes
"
"
axis
(*-
"
V-Vi=
1312.
the
to
b
,
through
passes
"
If the
is often
length
of the
and
make
an
straight line
x
cos
origin
the
from
angle
the
takes
2/ sin
with
upon
the
normal
"
0.
straight line
axis
form,
of
the
An
the
of
equation
form
normal
the
139
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
form
Ax
By
is reduced
"
to
by putting
1315.
cos
-sin
a,
a,
"Va2+b*
"Va2+b2
-"
p.
"Va*
N.B.
The
+b"
is to
be
chosen
so
give p
to
as
positive
value.
The
length
(xi"Vi)
to. the
straight
1316.
line
cos
(xlco8a
"
drawn
perpendicular
the
of
y sin
from
a
"
point
any
0 is
p),
y18ma-
"
wherein
the
(xi" Vi)
the
the
and
is
positive sign
origin
negative sign
are
they
are
when
sides
opposite
on
when
taken
be
to
the
on
the
of the
point
line, and
side
same
of
the
line.
If the
Ax
By
in the
of the
equation
C
0, the
given straight
the
of
length
Ax*
,
I
By.
yi
+
*
points for
the
same
the
origin.
sign
as
(Ax
wherein
through
the
Ax
the
which
C
are
on
is
By
C)
is
given
'
B*
of
numerator
the
side
same
(A'x
arbitrary, represents
intersection
+
By+C
of the
of the
bisectors
Ax+By+C
are
form
this
fraction
of the
given
has
line
equation
1318.
The
perpendicular
the
VA2+
The
of
form
1317.
All
line be
and
A'x
all
the
and
A'x
lines
straight
B'y
lines
C
between
B'y
C"
equation
b*
Va^
angles
Ax+By+C-pA'x+B'y+C
Va2
C")
straight
supplementary
=
represented by
two
B'y
b*
^^
drawn
as
140
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
Or, if the
normal
form
(x
cos
The
and
13 14,
y sin
condition
the
the
equations
p) "
"
that
and
eliminating
vanish, that
is
(x
three
a'
lines
bisectors
lines
their
three
the
are
"
0.
through
pass
determinant
the
in
are
i/sin a'-p')
straight
from
of the
cos
that
is
point
same
given straight
of the
equations
one
formed
equations
by
should
ABC
1320.
(#3,1/3)lie
B'
C"
A"
B"
C"
condition
The
1321.
A'
on
straight
one
three
that
0.
line is
"
2/l
that
(*2
is, that
*s) +
(*3
2/2
angle
Ax
with
make
6 which
By
0,
*2
2/2
*s
2/s
is
and
lines
A'x
"'y
either
given by
A A'
0.
straight
two
other
each
COS0
1322
determinant
the
x,
The
*2"
C"
of the
"
equations
BB'
"
"V(A2+B2)V(A'2+B'2)
A'B-AB'
sin
1323
"Va2+bWa,2+B'2
A'B
tan#
1324.
The
lines
are
perpendicular
AA'
1325.
they
are
AB'
parallel (0
0")
to
each
+5"'=0;
when
A
1326.
A{
JS'*
other
(0
"
90")
when
'
If
the
the
of
equations
141
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
lines
straight
in
the
given by
the
given
are
explicit form
and
y=mx+b
the
which
angle
make
they
m'x
"
with
each
m"
m'
other
is
equation
tan0
1327.
m'm
1 +
1328.
The
1329.
They
The
line
angle
lines
of
equation
straight line
the
in
mx
"
perpendicular
are
'
m*
parallel when
are
"
m.
when
m'm
which
cuts
point (xl9yt)
and
-1.
"
given straight
makes
with
it
an
0 is
tan0
tfi+
.--
"v
The
of
equation
(xl9yx)
and
perpendicular
1331.
Or,
Ax
b is
mx
"
point
*i).
the
represented by
equation
of
the
tion
equa-
perpendicular
(afj,
i/i)is
A
1332,
straight
angle
0 with
(y
lines
yx)
the
1334.
are
1 +
Double
the
the
a^).
three
tan
making
0
.
of
area
and
tan
m+
y-!fi
,
xt
(*
mx+
tan
"
through
line y
the
y~yi
I333-
which
line y
given
line is
0, the
="
the
passing through
(s-
given straight
By
through
an
the
to
y-2/i
if the
Two
line
straight
xt
triangle
the
"
the
tan
vertices
determinant
X2
2/2
xz
2/3
of
is the
142
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
The
condition
line
is that
of
straight
that
this
three
these
determinant
line
lie in
points
passing through
the
Hence
vanish.
straight
one
equation
given points
two
be
may
written
1335.
0.
of
system
of
coordinates
polar
in
point
plane
sists
con-
of
r
the
of the
distance
point from
the
origin.
"p
These
the
"
polar coordinates
which
angle
the
positive
axis
of
with
direction
the
of
x.
related
are
makes
to
rectangular
dinates
coor-
follows:
as
1336.
vV
"
y2,
cos
y^rsimp,
"p,
"p=
tan-1
"*
"
The
between
distance, d,
the
given by
(r2,"p2)is
equation
"**
1337The
points (rlt"pt)and
two
r?
r2*
of
polar equation
("pt
2rtr2 cos
straight
p2).
line is
'-
1338.
wherein
straight
line
fixed
the
and
("p a)
from
perpendicular
a
is the
p,
="
the
which
angle
origin
makes
the
upon
with
the
axis.
The
of
polar equation
points
two
is
cos
(rl9"pt)and
straight
line
passing through
(r2,"p2)is
1339.
rr1 sin
("p- "pt)+
rxr2 sin
+
("px "p2)
-
of
Transformation
If
the
set
and
be
coordinates
of axes,
the
same
transformation
point
of
an
("p2 "p)
"
0.
Coordinates.
of any
coordinates
of the
r2r sin
with
point,
and
reference
equation
to
the
#' and
to
new
y'
new
axes
ANALYTIC
is effected
by substituting
in the
equation
of
respective equivalents
in
terms
and
be
the
x0 and
Let
yf.
referred
the
to
parts of
notation
y0
old
axes.
two
any
and
the
for
of the
the
angle
and
af be
the
and
their
coordinates
new
coordinates
being
one
,,
the
Let
axes
the
or
a
143
GEOMETRY
origin
new
between
the
expressed
negative
tive
posithe
by
the
of
x'
other,
reading
in every
the
from
being
case
lower
letter
to
a'
the
Thus
upper.
sin
the
means
sine
of the
angle through
which
With
written
must
turn
this
as
to
take
notation
direction
the
the
formulas
of a'.
transformation
for
follows:
x*
1340.
New
old.
the
parallel to
axes
11*
*
=0,
"
x
X
Xq +
formulas
hold
for
0.
X"
,
v'-
y=y0+
These
are
both
oblique
rectangular
and
axes.
1341.
From
oblique
to
axes
(x
xQ) sin
oblique.
x' sin
(y
sin y
y'
2/o)siny
x' sin
sin
y'
y\
1342.
From
oblique
(x
xQ)
to
axes
sin
x' sin
of
x' is
From
2/0)s^n
"
oblique
parallel to
a;0)sin
axes
to
z
=
x' sin
(y
Vo) sin
yf cos
y'.
when
rectangular,
is
x
="
0,
90".
'+
y' cos
y
y
x
"
(x
yf cos
x' s^n
of x, that
that
1343.
rectangular.
(y
"
x
"
the
axis
144
MATHEMATICAL
From
1344.
of
\f
is
HANDBOOK
oblique
that
parallel to
of
y, that
x0) sinx
the
axis
x'
is
0,
(x-
when
rectangular,
to
axes
90"
or
270".
x',
"
(y
2/o)sin
"
x'
From
1345.
x'
x'/
x0=
yr
,
y'
cos
cos
"
a:
i/
y0
x' sin
"
2/'sin
"
From
1346.
oblique.
to
axes
x
x
rectangular
x"
2/'cos
sul
rectangular
oblique,
to
axes
when
the
axis
x'
of
x1 is
that
parallel to
of
that
x,
is
0.
Rectangular
1347.
is
parallel to
is ^
of y, that
that
oblique,
to
axes
when
the
axis
of
90".
x'
/
X0
"
cos
"
x'
*'
y-y*=
y\
sm
x
1348.
Rectangular
x'
x0
rectangular.
to
axes
x'
,
cos
y'
sin
x'
2/
2/o
"
x'
x'
2/'c"s
s*n
x
x'
By
putting
the
angle
written
1349.
form
in the
1/'
*
2/
0, these
1/
commonly
more
x0
x'
2/o
#' s^n #
cos
'
be
"
used,
yf sin 0,
V
cos
0,
equations
may
%f
ANALYTIC
The
ax*
1350.
The
2hxy
Discriminant
The
1352.
either
curve,
according
be
or
pair
If
1355.
relative
ab
positive
0, the
to
a/2
is
0.
bg2 -ch2.
of the
discriminant
represented
curve
is
the
circle)or
is
central
hyperbola,
negative.
or
represented
curve
0, the equation
is either
bola
para-
lines.
parallelstraight
of
=
variables
two
h2.
"
0, the
not
is
If C
1354.
2fy
2fgh
ellipse (including
an
as
2gx
abc
derivative
degree in
is
h
If C
1353.
by2
A-
1351.
145
GEOMETRY
represents
pair of straight
lines.
If C
be
not
general equation
the
0, and
general equation.
therefore
the
transformed
be
can
the
of
Transformation
be
curve
central, the
parallel axes
to
through
center.
The
the
coordinates
x0,
of
y0
the
center
are
found
by solving
equations
ax0
hxQ
These
g in
the
equations
The
coordinates
and
a*2
1357*
wherein
takes
c' (which
of the
center
0.
condition
should
of the
that
each
center
be
the
equal
and
new
0.
to
are
ab-h*'y"~ab-h2'
is thus
general equation
degree
the
equation
The
by0
express
transformed
1356.
hif0+ g=0,
the
+
freed
of
terms
of
the
first
form
by2
2fcry +
is the
for
result
and
c'
of
y in the
0,
substituting
the
nates
coordi-
general equation)
"
"
146
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
Further,
the
the
turning
vanish.
between
exist
the
center
done
be
can
old
is transformed
equation
so
the
from
disappear
to
make
to
as
the
of
set
one
h
that
when
coefficients
new
by
new
relations
the
of
virtue
by
and
made
be
can
xy
the
on
axes
This
in
term
an
rectangular
axes
another.
to
These
in the
relations
present
1358.
ah
By
making
known;
for
the
are
called
h!
two
the
the
values
two
(a+
of k
the
to
The
0 is the
(i)
will
axis
of
Let
both
these
product
on
A2-0.
06-
which
the
this
is
b the
1363.
one
are
the
given by
turned
are
axes
to
make
equation
the
of
principal
of
axis
the
becomes
now
b'y2+
be
roots
each
-^
(ii) Let
equation
c'
forms
0.
according
to
the
signs
of
discriminating quadratic.
positive.
axis, is
a2
"
be
may
x.
intercepts,
1362.
a
They
which
the
The
closed
equation
curve,
may
makes
curve
be
and
-"
ellipseis
be
root
An
1,
Ellipse.
or
Circle.
negative.
1,
-*"-
Then
Hyperbola.
if
written
form
If
become
known.
are
by solving
different
assume
of the
intercepts
be
their
found
a'x2
roots
coefficients, a', V,
inclination
1361.
the
new
general equation
This
k'2
^-.
20
tan
angle
conic
a'b'
b) k+
disappear
a"
The
quadratic equation,
through
in xy
1360.
h2
sought.
angle
term
a'
are
discriminating quadratic:
a' and
the
of
roots
fc2-
The
and
sum
1359.
The
0, the
"
their
case
real
and
in
b
the
ANALYTIC
(iii)Let
both
be
rpots
1364.
a2
When
(iv)
c'
I305*
No
-1,
real locus.
o2
vanishes
"
in
jEi. j"
..-
Then
negative.
4t
"
147
GEOMETRY
of A
consequence
infinitelysmall
=0,
ellipseat
the
U.
"
,,
a2
tr
Or,
ongin.
lines
straight
of
pair
imaginary
intersecting
the
at
origin.
A
_j"
ii
x*66
"*
Pa*r
rea*
lines
straight
in-
'
a2
the
tersecting at
b2
of
.asymptotes
origin,being
the
the
corresponding
hyperbola.
If C
is if db
0, that
form
general equation
the
of
parallel axes
the
By turning
become
without
axes
2d
tan
infinite,so
that
changing
quadratic
also
o'
either
the
loses
1367.
This
be
can
origin
to
as
so
hf
the
0
quadratic
in x2
b'y*+
2g'x +
can
or
under
c' and
af
in
"
0, the
c'
are
general
takes
so
tion
equa-
the
form
0.
through
parallel axes
that
so
new
finally the
Parabola.
ab
h2
equation
0, and
"
takes
the
also
form
either
of
x,
2/'i/+c'=0,
into
b'(y-
these
px,
separated
ylf y2
be
can
becomes
"V
1370.
wherein
2fy
/' disappear,
be
in y2, and
make
1369.
which
or
to
fig
in y
xy
discriminating
0, the
becomes
general equation,
or
in
term
of the
root
one
now
term
y2
in
bg
since
or
1368.
If,
origin through
transformed
general equation
tion
transforma-
impossible.
the
the
coordinates
disappear; and,
to
is
center
of the
terms
The
a"
made
first three
square.
the
through
angle d, given by
the
0, the
perfect
(see 1356)
center
to
h2
the
2/i)(y-
roots
conditions
lines,real,coincident, or
factors
of the
represents
of the
y2)
form
quadratic.
a
imaginary.
pair
of
The
equation
parallelstraight
148
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
SPECIAL
FORMULAS.
Circle.
The
The
x2 +
1371.
If the
the
coordinates
equation
of the
be
center
be
center
r2.
(y-b)2=
a)2+
the
at
origin, the
x*+
If the
circumference
the
be
center
equation
equation, called
the
in the
circle pass
(x
1376.
(2/
")2+
(A
p2 +
polar equation
through the
the pole,is
(x
P2
through
fixed
axis
angle
the
"p +
cos
of
and
center
1377-
an
axis of x, the
2rx.
circle referred
of the
a)2 +
y2
makes
of the
a) (y
in
sin
"p +
cos
does
not
with
the
"p)p
cos
"o
If the
1379.
p2
pole is
on
2dp
of the
d*
0.
r2
="
through
straight line
the
of
the
pass
(cp a)
cos
the circle,the
p
2r
cos
d?
r2
equation
"p.
r2.
is
0.
distance
is
polar equation
center, the
b)
general form
circle,when
d is the
%dp
oblique axes
to
center
from
center, but
does
that
pass
circle takes
the form
1378.
origin,
is
equation
the
the
through
positivepart
x2 +
I375"
r2.
y*=
of the
1374.
The
radius
the
is
1373.
The
a, b and
equation, is
central
If
By+C~0.
If the
The
Ax
y* +
(x-
I372-
and
of the circle is
generalequation
0.
becomes
ANALYTIC
Two
straight lines
y
y'
and
if wx
(x^
(a/,y') and
at
tangent
(x
wherein
is the
through
The
1382.
or
cos
between
of
the
" (0! +
equation
equation
0X
of
01
y2
6)2
"
polar
axis
r2, that
"
(x', tf) is
to
r",
"
of
joining
and
the
"
" (0t +
sin
xv
circle
circie
points
two
xxx2
02)
0j
"
passing
pas
ijA
points (xl9yt), (x2,y2), (t..
(x3,y3)
(xlfyx),
cos
r2,
yxy2
" (0t
02),
ylf etc.
three
through
Centers
line
and
similitude
passing through
internally and
1301
of
1303.
externally
in
given
is
is
straight
radius
r2 is
(yt + y2)
y sin
^2)+
cos
chord
+
(xx + x2) +
1384.
-r3
0.
(y
a)2 +
"
the
y*
point (x',y')
circle x2
wherein
The
ine
r2
6) sin
(i/
4-
^ne
cos
angle
the
equation
(x2"2/2)on
a)
circle x2
(y-b)(y'-b)
a/)
"
quadratic equation
of the
that
(x-a)(x'-a)
or
or
being (x
(x
m2
"
the
to
+t/'2
2xym
circle
7/
"
the
of
roots
two
tangents
are
r*)m2
of
equation
1381.
to
the
and
x')
"
(x';y')
are
m2
1380.
The
(x
mx
passing through
of
149
GEOMETRY
the
for
their
ratio
two
circles
centers
of their
and
lie
0.
in
divide
radii.
the
it
Apply
150
MATHEMATICAL
If there
be
given
the
circles
two
a? +
HANDBOOK
Ax+
i/3+
x*+y*+
A'x+
A0
(B
(A
radical
*+
they
Tangents
radical
The
axis
locus
from
from
C"=0
y +
C-
of
or
circles
drawn
fixed
fixed
the
point which
point bears
straight line
is
point is the
of
directrix
the
line
focus
as
the
axis
focus
to
the
directrix
of
3"
This
(1
or
represents
1, and
The
ratio
focus
If the
x,
Taking
and
and
its distance
to
its equation
the
fixed
the
directrix
thereto
d, the
straight
is
as
line
the
the
distance
of
equation
the
is
axis
passing through
denoting
the
from
the
locus
in
|f-"V,
e2) z2
an
y2
ellipse when
when
the
moved
2dx
"P =0.
1,
e"
eccentricity. For
directrix
the
when
the
circle
0,
infinitelydistant.
is
the
focus
the
to
parabola
1.
"
center, but
origin be
its distance
is
is called
is the
that
section
and
focus
by
hyperbola
of
point
any
ex.
(x-d)"+
t*8"
from
ratio
conic
perpendicular
coordinates
rectangular
their
or
not.
so
moves
constant
curve.
and
intersect,
Sections.
fixed
The
equal.
are
C"
if they
intersect
two
to
1387.
the
B'y
B')
Conic
C-0
chord,
common
axis, whether
1386.
their
their
represents
equation
1385.
of
By
equation becomes
1389.
If the
the
axis
takes
1390,
x2 +
origin be
of
moved
between
the
form
(1
y2
e2
to
the
e2)x2
(x
the
point where
focus
and
y2
2edx
d)2.
the
6.
the
directrix
curVe
the
cuts
tion
equa-
The
If
a? +
the
y2
origin
e2
(z
1397.
c=ae,
1399.
The
be
Ellipse.
changed
the
to
from
The
of the
distances
to
the
center
i'
=
from
the
directrix
ellipseare
equation
c2.
directrix
the
_d+c="
1400.
a2-62"
1398.
distance
the
center,
Ellipse
for the
d)2 becomes
151
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
to
the
vertices
d
,
m
1+e
40
1.
The
distances
1-e
from
de
ellipseare
focus
the
to
the
vertices
of the
de
,
m
1+e
1402.
focus, also
The
lotus
1-e
rectum
double
or
ordinate
the
at
the
called
the
parameter,
p=2de
2a
(1
e2)
"
"
1403.
the
major
The
axis
minor
and
axis
the
is
latus
mean
rectum.
2b-V2ap.
proportional
between
152
MATHEMATICAL
If two
from
lines
each
and
r*
focus
to
r*
1404.
and
ex
"
distances
equation
of any
and
equal
the
to
axis
The
The
origin
the
general
is
the
the
on
fact
ellipse to
the
that
the
of
sum
foci
two
is
the
stant,
con-
Hyperbola.
x2 +
the
from
ex,
major.
equation
changed
one
ellipse,
a+
drawn
be
2a,
expresses
point
the
on
r"
r"
t* +
last
focal radii,
point
one
whence,
which
called
r",
any
"
HANDBOOK
y*
focus
e2
the
to
(x
when
the
becomes
for
d)2,
center,
Hyperbola
-,-i-1'
X405.
a2
o2
wherein
de
1406.
half
"
the
axis
transverse
e2-!
de
1407.
half
the
axis
conjugate
Ve2-!
de2
1408.
1409.
b2
distance
from
center
to
1410.
e2
focus
at+b2
=
a2
(e2
1).
a2
1411,
c=
1413.
The
ae.
distance
The
the
from
c"
1414.
a2 +
1412.
distances
a=*
center
hyperbola
from
The
directrix
Vertices
the
e-1
the
from
e-1
latus rectum,
focus
the
to
vertices
de
and
The
to
de
1416*.
directrix
and
are
distances
the
to
"
the
e+1
1415.
c2.
"
"
of the
62=
e+1
2b2
p
2de
2a
(e2
1)
are
the
The
7.
141
conjugate
The
radii
focal
the
of any
T*
1418.
r"
which
the
expresses
of any
and
The
point
equal
equation
fact
to
the
of
the
hyperbola
the
r"
ex
are
a,
2a,
==
that
the
on
rectum.
on
"
between
proportional
mean
and
whence
latus
point
ex-
"=
is
axis
and
axis
transverse
153
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
difference
the
the
from
hyperbola
of
the
foci is
tances
disstant
con-
axis.
transverse
hyperbgla
the
to
asymptotes
^-"2=lis
b2
a2
a2
or
V-
"
-
The
as
of
equation
the
the
situated
yxf
equation
of
xxf
polar
of
is
\ (a2 +
the
of
b2).
when
referred
a^-t^^a2,
referred
to
the
asymptotes,
eccentricity of
the
equilateral hyperbola
The
1424.
^-
equation"a2
which
foci
totes
asymp-
is
principal axes,
when
The
(xfyf)or
equilateralhyperbola,
the
1422.
and
its
to
b2).
at
tangent
point {x'tf)wherever
1421.
to
referred
i (a2+
xy=
The
0.
hyperbola
the
1420.
the
is
axes
The
of
equation
and
(r
is
in
conjugate
the
axis
of y;
"
V2.
="
represents
hyperbola
b2
the
to
it is
hyperbola
"
1.
5L
eccentricity
"
"
"
It
has
directrices
parallel to
the
axis
of
and
at. the
distance
"
therefrom;
and
the
same
conjugate.
asymptotes
as
the
hyperbola
to
which
it is
154
MATHEMATICAL
conies
Two
1425.
HANDBOOK
f'
"
confocal
are
if,one
being
a'2
for the
the
from
1426.
y2
The
the
to
y2
e2
-=
(x
-f
d)2, when
of the
the vertex
the
becomes
curve,
of
and
the
from
the
parabola,
y2
px.
directrix
which
is
a
to
origin
2dx,
4ax
distance
vertex
equal
the
written
1427.
1428.
6'2.
1,
y2
is also
hyperbola,
Parabola.
to
other
b2
x2 +
focus
since
Parabola,
which
o'2
6'2;
the
a'2
general equation
changed
b2
ellipseand
an
Tfo
is
a2
if
a2
The
""
"
--
or
a2
or
and
a2
the
distance
The
latus
the
from
%d
\p.
to
vertex
focus
1429.
The
equation
diameter
of
rectum
the
through
point
V1
a'
is the
referred
parabola
1430-
wherein
parameter
or
distance
of contact
to
="
2d
tangent
4a.
and
the
is
4o'af,
the
from
focus
to
the
point
of
contact.
The
equation
axis
of
(x) and
the
y2
conic
each
section
at
tangent
the
referred
vertex
Ellipse,
p*-"***'
a'
M3I
y2
px,
y2
PX
Parabola,
b2
o
X2,
"
a2
Hyperbola.
to
(y).
the
verse
trans-
ANALYTIC
The
the
pole being
part of the
Ellipse
the
and
the
of
or
axis
Hyperbola,
the
on
positive
axis, is
,
cos2
COS46
1
1
tp
-*"p
b2
the
and
of
_i_
"
the
on
e2 cos2
9?
section, the
conic
any
axis
2
p2
^_
or
"
polar equation
focus
ft2
sin2 "p
Sir
-^ "p
,
,
"
a2
p2
the
the
center
transverse
9A
The
the
at
1432.
at
of
polar equation
155
GEOMETRY
pole being
axis, is
transverse
de
1433.
l"e
wherein
the
towards
the
the
when
For
be
axis
to
M34-
the
cos2
\"P
the
and
curve,
axis
points
lower
the
sign
way.
p sin2
or
a,
above
given
may
\"p
a.
equation
xxr
y\f
1436.
(x
2a
"
straight
Ellipse,
1, for the
Hyperbola,
line which
the
to
tangent
1, for the
b2
yif
represents
a2
1438.
"
b2
1437-
the
the
when
polar equation
1435.
(i)
used
form
the
a2
curve
(x',yf), when
at
(x',7/')is
on
curve.
(x;,r/) may
wherever
(iii)the
a
of
Parabola,
the
"p
be
to
vertex
nearest
changed
The
sign is
upper
cos
pair
of
chord
(x7,y') is
outside
the
locus
(iv)
drawn
wherever
at
drawn
the
the
of
ends
(x7,t/0 may
curve,
be.
the
passing through
tangents
the
to
the
points
from
curve
of
contact
of
curve.
the
of
intersection
all chords
be.
of
pairs
of
passing through
tangents
(a/, y*)9
156
MATHEMATICAL
The
slope
the
the
1440.
y=*mx"
44
1.
1442.
trigonometric
w"z"
M39-
"
with
y/m2
"
mx"
="
mx
its
which
is
Circle,
b2 for
the
Ellipse,
b2 for
the
Hyperbola,
the
for
angle
"
for the
z)
of
terms
\/a2m2
-\
of
axis
the
of
tangent
the
in
conic
\/a2m2
to
tangent
line makes
tangent
the
of
equation
HANDBOOK
Parabola.
The
be
condition
touched
that
straight
the
by
condition
The
the
that
ellipse Wx2
the
A2a2
in
of
equation
normal
the
1445.
the
Two
3"
cos
is that
to
line
Ax+By+C=0
0 is that
"
B2**2
tangent
y sin
C2.
an
ellipse may
y/a2 cps2 a
aVl
"
sin2
of p to
inclination
the
xf
{x
m1
the
passing through
be
written
fc2sin2
the
axis
of
x.
xf)
and
y-yf-m2{x-
point (a/,yf)
are
of),
tangents
to
the
ellipse
hyperbola
a2"b2
if mt
straight lines,
y
or
"
form,
denotes
cPb2
wherein
mx
"
straight
aty2
1444.
The
line y
hyperbola
a2m2"b2.
g2=
1443.
touch
ellipse or
the
and
1446.
m2
the
are
(x72
-
roots
two
a2)
m2
of
2a/t/'w
'
the
+
quadratic equation
1/2"
b2
0.
Two
157
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
straight lines,
and
mtx
="
m2x
=*
passing through
y2
are
m2
point (a/,yf)
the
two
xfm2
1447.
The
the
to
tangents
are
the
through
y=y~.x
1448.
bola
para-
quadratic equation
0.
"
perpendicular
is
of
point
the
to
Its
{x1',y').
contact
and
tangent
is
equation
Circle,
the
for
of the
roots
tfrn
line
normal
passes
the
4az,
"
and
if mx
"
v%2
mt
J449-
y"tf"
1450.
y-
if-(x ^0
"
for the
Parabola,
f"r tne
Ellipse,
a2yf
]f
(x
ttt
^)
\rx
145
1.
The
slope
t/
"
the
"
a2i/
-"^t
of
equation
normal
the
tf
the
a/) for
normal
line makes
with
y=nx
"
axis
for the
'
Hyperbola.
conic
of
tangent
the
the
to
trigonometric
1452.
(x
of
in
the
of
terms
angle
its
which
x) is
Ellipse and
Hyperbola,
Va2"Wn2
wherein
tan
"
7"*
"
"
for the
ysanx-on(2+n2)
I453*
wherein
tan
"
bV
Parabola,
-"-"
=
"
2a
The
1454.
equation
passing through
polar.
the
It becomes
polar
then
becoming
"
a^
"
represents
straight
62ar
the
the
*
"
line
""
normal
a
when
tangent.
(a/,y')
is
on
the
to
the
curve
158
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
Diameter*.
locus
The
middle
the
line y-
the
parallel to
which
of
of
points
is
mx
the
diameter,
of
system
chords
all
of
equation
is
1455.
for the
Circle,
2a
1456.
for the
"
Parabola,
b2
1457.
for
"x
the
Ellipse,
a2m
1458.
The
"
"
inclined
chords
cos
"
.-~
a2
K_5jLi 0
In
of
of
system
is
,-,".
the
Ellipse,
the
for
a2
1.
,,
for
"
axis
the
b2
*"^i
1460.
A
"
bisects
sin
"
which
0 to the
I45Q-
146
Hyperbola.
angle
the
at
the
diameter
the
of
equation
for
a;
Hyperbola.
b2
the
hyperbola
ellipseor
the
relation
=F"2
"i"2
these
expresses
(i) that
y
bisecting
(iii)that
%f
m1
and
that
"
of
the
by
conjugate
are
parallel to
and
a/)
drawn
the
other;
y+y'
from
diameters,
the
m2(x+xf),
point
(x' 7/)
,
tangent
diameter
diameter,
m2x
represented
to
the
conjugate
diameters
y=*mxx
/n2#;
"
(iv) that
end
(x
chords
parallelrespectively
are
wi2a;
drawn
all chords
being supplemental
chords
arbitrary constant;
an
and
WjX
is
the
all
bisects
y*=" m2x
(ii) that
each
facts:
c, wherein
mxx
"
-^r
c.
y="
"
m2x,
y-\f
mxx,
and
"
is
to
m2
(x
parallel to
the
system
x')
at
the
(a/,y'),
conjugate
of chords
the
of
ANALYTIC
The
perpendicular
159
GEOMETRY
from
the
center
the
upon
at
tangent
(xf y) is given by
1
x2
t/2
p"
a4
b*
*
*
lengths
The
of
the
r"
and
wherein
the
are
It follows
1464.
parabola
the
to
of
equation
(x2"2/2)on
chord
(*"+ *J
y
+
'
the
cos
i (a
P)
of the
chord
(yt +
the
6' be
hyperbola
make
a2"
62
Jtig"
angles
eccentric
0)
/8,
a,
cos
" (a
0).
y2)
y#2
and
and
two
4ax.
semi-diameters
the
angles
of
which
an
ellipse
a' and
a, then
a'2"
and
is
4ax
conjugate
with
joining
6'2,
ab
1470.
62
1471.
and
is
sin " (a
chord
parabola y2
respectively
1469.
the
If a' and
of
*"
their
points by
of the
1468.
or
two
a*
equation
^ne
on
of
focus
1430.
the
equation
(x2"Vt)
the
from
y2)
The
62.
62
Or, denoting
1467.
of the
through
(y1
a2
(see 1473)
(x, y),
at
ellipseis
*ne
radii
=\/aa', see
a2
foci
the
(xf y),
at
^^/clx
from
p"
*V-?
perpendicular
tangent
"
p'p"
and
tangent
p"
focal
that
the
of
Length
IA66
*
the
to
y-ftyfe
1463.
The
perpendiculars p'
hyperbola
ellipseor
1465
the
of
"
tan
tan
";
a'"'
sin (fi
-
a),
6'
160
MATHEMATICAL
and
the
conjugate
equations
of
diameters
as
HANDBOOK
these
to
of
pair
are
axes
""3v*-1'
equations
M73*
and
x^acosu
represent
(xf y)
coordinate
oblique
I472'
The
referred
curves
ellipse;and
an
the
on
ellipse.
is the
In
y=bsinu
Astronomy,
for any
angle
eccentric
is called
the
point
eccentric
anomaly.
The
equations
1474.
x=
represent
which
the
on
of
equation
the
sec
hyperbola,
point (x, y)
The
eccentric
and
and
is the
angle
is
1*
for which
the
cos
f- sin
angle
sec
is
eccentric
GENERAL
of
their
Normals,
OF
Curvature,
the
axis
1501.
to
at
point
1.
the
Pedal
ux
^ax
"
the
u2,
CURVES.
Involutes, Areas,
Curves, Trajectories.
Normals.
make
of x, then
tan
and
condition
PLANE
y^fix),
curve,
if
Evolutes,
and
Tangents
tangent
1.
hyperbola
ends, satisfy
If the
=*
conjugate
are
PROPERTIES
Tangents,
diameters
angles
for
point
is
f- tan
"
Two
ellipse at
the
to
tangent
"
1477.
any
eccentric
1476.
for
is
of
angle
eccentric
the
to
tangent
"
equation
hyperbola.
1475.
The
b tan
f (*)
y'-
an
angle
with
161
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
Also,
1502.
COS
Vl+y"2
\M")dy\2
dx
1503.
sin
%f
Vl+y*2
dy\2
Ex J
Or,
dx
I504.
COS
'
Vdtf
dy2
dy
1505.
SU1T
Vdx2
the
since
Or,
differential
ds
1506.
of the
Vdx2
'
"
dy*'
cos
If the
form
of
equation
f{x),
2/=
the
-f-
ds
plane
dy
sin
"
ds
curve
dy2,
dx
1507.
the
of
arc
equation
be
curve
the
of
given
in the
tangent
at
any
explicit
point
(x, y) is
F^4(I^),ory-^f(x),(I-x),
1508.
ax
wherein
tangent,
and
The
and
and
equation
and
equation
of
the
15".
those
the
of
the
of
the
curve.
(xf y) is
at
DXF.
equation
the
of the
normal
curve.
be
of the
(X-x)
coordinates
running
of the
curve
0, the equation
1510.
and
normal
coordinates
running
of the
denote
Y
and
and
If the
(xf V)
the
Y-y--^-(X-x)
wherein
those
of the
1509.
normal,
denote
given
implicit form
in the
tangent
is
DyF. (Y-y)
is
DyF.(X-x)-D9F.{Y-y)-0.
0,
162
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
Asymptotes.
The
of
equation
the
1508,
tangent.
be
may
written
in
the
form
If, when
limit
and
then
Xf
F"
1512.
the
equation
increases
x)
(x)
to
xf\x)
"
also
the
of
equation
of the
equation
1515.
to
the
which
of
of
equation
circle x2
1516.
Curves.
Particular
to
tangent
circle
the
to
x2 +
y*
at
the
normal
at
Xy-
Yx=
of
equation
point (xy)
the
the
is
point
same
0.
from
r2)
the
point (xl7 yj
Fyt-
(Zxt+
of the
Yy
normal
X-x
equation
the
a2X
c2.
u2
a2
"
"-
Xx
X5^
rf
at
the
to
tangent
the
point
Yy
V"L
is
VY
0,or
a2y
x2
point
A
=
of the
same
hyperbola
(x, y)
is
r2)2.
Vs
at
Y-v-^
"
Jrx
The
"
is
1?+*
equation
ellipse
the
to
tangent
Xx
Q
1518.
?* at
r2.
F2-
r2)^*
I517-
The
r2 is
yx2-
fx^+
Fy=
pair of tangents
y2
-f
Xx+
X3
The
the
is
1514.
The
B,
Y-AX+B.
point (x, y)
The
limit
definite
Asymptote,
an
Applications
the
approaches
definite
is
1513-
The
xf (x).
f (x) approaches
1,
becomes
tangent
/ fx)
-f-
The
of
equation
ANALYTIC
GEOMETRY
the
at
normal
X-x
163
the
a2X
Y-u
1520.
WY
+
,0
0,
or
"
is
point
same
c2.
"
frx
cry
The
the
of
equation
point (x, y)
the
The
of the
equation
parabola t/3-*2dx
at
is
Yy-d(X+x),
1521.
the
to
tangent
-^-
or
normal
at
the
1.
"
is
point
same
r_j,__ii(x-x).
1522.
a
/"
The
as2
at
of the
general equation
the
2hxy
by2 + 2gx
2fy
the
to
tangent
conic
is
point (x, y)
1523.
aZx+A(Xi/+
The
tangent
line which
where
Yx)
is the
1525.
tp
the
g(X
given
name
from
extends
it touches
bYy
where
t,
curve
$j
"
* +
1
=7\/
x)+j(Y+y)
that
to
the
The
axis
\f
is
subtangent
of
1526.
for
written
is the
I^Y
(%)
-
"
dy
Q.
tangent
of x, to
p,
projection
of
2/ctnT
y"
from
the
^-^r.
y'
f (x), derived
"
4"
csc
x,
tp/"
axis
tp.
*Vl
wherein
of the
part
it cuts
the
tangent
equation
on
the
1W
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
TKi
line wLl:L
where
xf-
Axis
fr
;be
e-is
"y
part
cuts
the
rr
" "
77
:be
is
:Lit
of
tlic
axis
normal
ol
x.
to
p,
xp.
"
to
wbeie
x.
-~
c-urre
r-.r,r"r^A
of
"^,**s
y-*^^
ereii*
The
tbe
".v"-wti
of
przienion
y"
normal
the
y*2.
the
on
x.
**"
xp'
1528.
"
-^
y tan
jf/.
az
CL*rie
x2-
/=/*,
Tarxent
1529.
1530.
"
.
Normal
r.
153
1.
Subtangest
"
1532.
x-
Subnormal
Ellipse
4-tT-lTangent
1533-
?^
'
a2
At2,
*"x
Normal
1534.
a2
"
rx2-
1535.
Subtangent
x.
"
I*
1536.
Subnormal
=
.
or
Hyperbola
"
"
a2
"
Tangent
1537.
1,
fc2
eV-a2,
6x
1538.
Normal
vVV
a2,
1539-
Subtangent
Parabola
j/2
IS4I.
Subtangent
I542r
Subnormal
"
x,
1540.
4ax,
2x,
2a
(constant).
Subnormal
^?
"
x.
ANALYTIC
Polar
If
denote
where
the
angle
makes
straight
the
meeting
with
line
tangent
the
the
be
the
from
touches
Normals.
and
Tangents
distance
tangent
which
origin
the
165
GEOMETRY
curve,
of
axis
to
and
"p
and
if
x;
the
p,
the
through
the
to
in t0 and
lines
point
denote
perpendicular
drawn
normal
and
origin
n0
and
tively;
respec-
then
Polar
1543-
Tangent-
pt0
\J
rds
(jjZj
r2
1 +
dr
Polar
1544.
Subtangent
ot0
"
"
dr
Normal
Polar
1545.
pn0
Polar
1546.
Subnormal
r2 +
Vr3
on0
"
f^X ^=
rJ2.
r*.
=*
"
dip
ds2
1547.
In
dr2
and
these
(r"fy)2,
or
("p)"or
f"r
written
are
for
derived
-7-7
from
the
equation
d"p2
/ (0.
The
t
r'2.
d?r
-7-9
d"p
r
dpVr2
?("P)i f
ds
"
"p,
angle
between
the
and
tangent
the
radius
vector
is
and
r9
1548.
(t
ctn
"p)
"
-
The
radius
of curvature,
ds
IS49.
radius
P-
y"
of the
"("H'+"T
osculating circle,
(1
/2\^
a/*)'
,
dr
wherein
or
is written
d?y
d?y
dx*
da?
for
/" (x).
\ff
166
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
Also
1550.
/""
wherein
"
The
radius
The
coordinates
and
X0
polar
in
of curvature
The
xf', and
y,
elimination
of
y"
is
of
centre
curvature
are
Y9=y+l-"l"-.
Evolute.
all
are
the
from
coordinates
Y0 of the
X,-z-"""tf,
1552.
When
normal.
the
"
explicit
equations
two
functions
of
gives
1552
an
x,
the
equar
tion,
F(X,F)-0,
1553.
which
the
given
locus
the
represents
all the
locus
is
parabola
y*
This
curve.
of
of
centres
the
curvature
of
evolute
the
curve.
The
Evolute
of
the
Y2
1554.
The
Evolute
"
of
(X
"
the
Evolute
of the
is
ellipse
"
hyperbola
Parabola.
semi-cubic
-"
1 is
b2
a2
The
2dx
d)3
-r-^-j
"
"
a2
""
b2
1 is
of
given
ANALYTIC
167
GEOMETRY
Areas.
The
of
and
included
area
abscissas
the
ordinates
two
and
x0
the
between
and
y0
The
-A
r0 and
tores
polar angle,
between
the
of
vertex
parabola
the
intercepted
the
the
to
and
curve
values
two
radii
two
"p0 and
"p of
vec-
the
is
1558.
In
to
f f(x)dx.
corresponding
r,
corresponding
axis
/ ydz-
included
area
the
is
x,
I557*
y"f(x),
curve,
the
of the
arc
r*d"p.
the
y2 =4ax,
curve,
of
axis
included
area
the
x,
between
ordinate
y,
and
the
the
is
curve,
X
I55Q.
V4ax.dx
Jxy.
Jo
In
circle
of t/, the
axis
arc
the
of the
x2
y2
abscissa
r2, the
"
2,
the
included
area
ordinate
and
between
the
the
intercepted
is
curve,
X
1560.
The
In
fVr"-x*.dx 3"
-
Jo
whole
ellipse
"
a2
semi-axis
minor,
intercepted
arc
"
of the
area
the
sin-1
1, the
"
'
circle,therefore, is
"
vr2.
included
area
the
of the
abscissa
curve,
x,
the
ordinate
is
1561.
f*y/dF~".dz-^+^wr*"'
A-
J0a
The
area
of the
between
the
b2
whole
2a
ellipse,therefore, is
nab.
y,
and
the
168
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
.
x2
In
the
hyperbola
v2
a2
the
vertex,
arc
of the
the
included
area
the
equilateral hyperbola
member
right-hand
variable
area
etc.,
defined
are
the
of the
the
to
of
arc
*Jx0
Or,
in
is half
the
gent,
tan-
85-87.
pp.
between
x0 and
points
two
responding
cor-
x,
f Jl +(^)\dx.
s=( Vdtf+dy*-
1S63.
x, that
of
term
Arcs.
curve
abscissas
two
last
1, the
See
functions.
as
"
Lengths of
length
y2
"
\ Cosh-1
becomes
which
of
u,
x2
0}
\a
.s* Gogh-*
at
.
The
intercepted
is
curve,
the
the
y, and
ordinate
A~fa+Xh-V^^.dx^^--^\ogtU
f\,
1562.
In
between
b2
of x, the
axis
1, the
-r-~
*/a?0
\dX/
polar coordinates,
I564.
Lj^Wj*-L^
-*{%)'"*"
Envelopes.
An
envelope
of
of
all
the
The
The
the
of the
ellipse
1566.
of
and
circles
(-Y (|Y
+
(x2 +
series
of the
the
DaF
a"
of
equation
1 is
y2)2
from
is obtained
on
"y.
sections
intera
tinuous
con-
curve.
(x,y, a)
described
ultimate
the
resulting
envelope
between
(x, */, a)
the
of
locus
parameter
of
equation
envelope
the
of
parameter
F
is the
curve
curves
variation
1565.
the
by
the
nating
elimi-
curve
0.
central
radii
of
ANALYTIC
Pedal
A
pedal
drawn
the
from
touehes
The
pole
given
pedal
to
curve
and
of
coincides
the
conic
1568.
of
the
conic
the
1569.
the
the
y2)2
conic, and
conic
to
be
pole
at
at
(a2
The
and
pole,
of the
the
is the
pole.
the
the
axis
transverse
the
conic.
(d
centre
b2). Then
0)
="
the
be
(iii)Let
-2a)
at
ax)2
of
pole
the
and
the
(x2 +
y2
Vcos
2"p.
the
of
vertex
conic
(d
"
-a)
fr2).
"
becomes
equation
y2
Lemniscate,
is
"
circle (a2
(x2 +
y2)
pole
(x2
of which
polar equation
"
always
of the
origin
the
a2
"
a2
"
which
(d
line which
"y
"
equilateral hyperbola
an
(x2 +
( ii) Let
Then
the
the
with
the
a"
centre
(i) Let
polar equation
and
perpendicular
becomes
equation
the
dx)2
semi-axes
with
Special Cases,
and
of
is
the
are
the
conic
y2 +
rectangular
are
axis
from
foot
straight
moving
(x2 +
distance
axes
to
of the
curve.
1567.
wherein
Curves.
locus
is the
curve
169
GEOMETRY
be
conic
"
(x2 +
(1
Cardioid,
"p).
cos
distance
circle (a2
is
the
at
y2),
2a
from
b2). Then
="
the
the
centre
equation
becomes
1570.
the
2ax)2
polar equation
of
a2
which
r"
(x2 +
a
Limacon,
i/2),
is
(1
cos
p).
7Ya/ecfone8.
A
law
trajectory
each
of F
curve
is
of
(x, y, p)
="
which
curve
series obtained
0,
cuts
according
by varying
to
the
given
ter
parame-
170
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
The
1571.
cuts
at
differential
angle fi
constant
is obtained
by eliminating
wherein
and
of
the
from
trajectory which
the
series
the
the
are
of
equation
(x,
of
the
p)
y,
equations
coordinates
running
curves
jectory
tra-
sought.
If
the
the
trajectory is
second
cut
to
at
"
"
and
00
,
becomes
equation
DXF.DXY=
DTF-
0,
whence
1572.
--"
of
The
the
is
of
cumference
the
straight
or-
equation
gives
points where
x,
the
equations
x
1574.
cycloid
of the
sin
"
"
the
sliding
straight line,
and
xy
falls
point
on
the
called
origin
as
on
cir-
axis
one
of
a"
y=
cos
co,
give
co
cos-1
of
in
point
are
and
co
of
axis
without
fixed
generating
elimination
the
by
the
aco
"
the
the
cycloid, as
the
by
rolls
which
Taking
line.
of
1573.
Cycloid.
generated
curve
circle
of the
base
which
the
orthogonal trajectories.
cycloid
fixed
this
of
integration
The
A
of
equation
Dx^
thogonal trajectory.
series
differential
the
'
"
dX
V(2a
"
y)
y,
wherein
measure
radius
of its turning
around
denotes
the
of
the
rollingcircle,and
its centre.
Then
1575.
dx
(1
sin
dy
tan
co)da), dy=
cos
"
"*-
co
"
dx
"
cos
co
whence
1576.
90"
\co.
n.
cot
sin codco
fa),
co
the
ANALYTIC
Hence,
if from
rolling circle
the
ends
the
Radius
of curvature,
The
of
summits
The
the
placed
the
ordinate
A
area
The
arc
a2
between
sin \io=2
\/2ay.
is
composed
of
the
two
halves
of
original cycloid
that
an
their
of its base.
its base
and
2 sin
\y
the
from
origin
cycloid
co
V(2a
whole
the
(1
4a
whole
The
y)
y.
its base
and
curve
from
the
arc
\(o)
cos
radius
from
origin
the
to
Sna2.
top
of the
its centre
p "
If p
"
aw
of
curve
and
co
the
a
prolate cycloid.
the
curve
is
curtate
the
on
epicycloid
or
circle is outside
be
circle; let
the
a
point
the
radius
be
the
p,
at
point
of
hypocycloid
inside
or
the
of the
point
the
where
on
than
tance
disthe
are
cu.
cycloid.
circumference
a
cos
at
Hypocycloid.
and
circumference
the
less
or
equations
"
is
sliding,on
be
which
curve
point
y).
rolling circle
the
a, the
a,
(2a
(p being greater
p sin
"
with
Epicycloid
2 V2a
8a.
a) generates
1580.
4a
normal
y,
1579.
let
4a
curve
(%a"
iax
of the
ordinate
Let
and
tangent
\^2ay.
below
the
an
through
y is
1578.
The
ends
two
between
area
cycloid
so
at
are
sin \co
2a
evolute
equal cycloid
the
of
cycloid.
Normal
If
diameter
vertical
lines will be
these
1577.
the
of
in any
generating point,
to
to
the
171
GEOMETRY
fixed
fixed
the
of
out
rolls,with-
circle generates,
fixed
according
the
as
rolling
circle.
circle,b
fixed
start, touches
the two
circle which
that
of the
circle where
the
fixed
circles touch
at
rolling
the
erating
gen-
circle; and
any
subse-
172
MATHEMATICAL
time.
quent
the
curve
subtend
The
two
if
in its
and
pb
fi be
definition
by
are
angles
the
which
of
they
circle,
own
1581.
and
ab
arcs
equal; and,
each
HANDBOOK
aa
ab=
whence
bp,
pb"
fi
"
a.
The
with
equations,
origin at
the
the
of the
centre
and
foregoing notation,
fixed
circle,are
with
the
for the
Epicycloid
x=
(a
6)
cos
y=
(a
b)
sin
6)
cos
(~-~
"
b sin
{^"
(^-^
(^"
cos
"
1582.
"
"
"
Hypocycloid
x
(a
4-
cos
"
"
1583.
2/
In
the
1584.
(a
6) sin
b sin
"
Epicycloid,
tan
-^-
26
tanf-
+
a
the
1585.
the
tanr
-^
-tan/'-a"26
aj,T180o_a^26a
=
46
(a
26
6)
sin
26
(a6)
^
"-L
46
p
"
"
length
for
of
the
one
loop
sin
26
a-
1588.
26
Hypocycloid,
1587.
The
a+
the
is
Epicycloid,
8(a+6)b
;
a
1589.
a.
26
Epicycloid,
1586.
In
26
Hypocycloid,
cte
In
In
"
for
the
Hypocycloid,
8(a~b)6"
a
ANALYTIC
173
GEOMETRY
"
The
between
area
loop
one
and
the
subtending
of the
arc
circle is
fixed
"^
for
1590.
(3a
Epicycloid,
the
2h)
"
the
for
1591.
*y(3a~2b)
Hypocycloid,
"
Special
1593.
ratio
Forms.
each
to
When
other,
of
will be
algebraic equation
an
becomes
of
Circle.
(ii) When
I595-
and
See
not
and
the
result
the
y.
finite, the
point
of which
hypocycloid
the
rigidly
its
on
from
rolling
generates
16 13.
point
any
surable
commen-
eliminated
remaining
b"=%a,
and
straight line;
in
00,
bear
hypocycloid
Involute
the
epicycloid
(i) When
1594.
circle
the
be
may
and
equations
and
becomes
with
the
connected
circumference, generates
an
ellipse.
(iii)When
1596.
of
"
(iv) When
J597-
the
the
point
its
b
the
(y2 +
or, in
x2
of
takes
is, if the
touches
2ax)2
y%
epicycloid
which
cardioid
4a2
form
cfi.
becomes
origin
fixed
the
the
be
the
moved
circle,
(y2+X2)
polar coordinates,
2a
(1
Epitrochoid
and
r=
The
Any
the
a,
equation
where
hypocycloid
equation being x%
}a, the
four-pointed star,
Cardioid,
to
the
curve,
(a " b)
"p).
cos
the
Hypotrochoid.
but
with
rolling circle,and
centre, generates
at
which
the
aTpcos
of
cos
not
the
on
distance
equations
^
"
"
1598.
"
(a"
b) sin
p sin
a\
^LiJ?
are
ference
circumfrom
its
174
MATHEMATICAL
When
1599.
the
curve
are
to
is
be
the
curve
are
to
60
is
with
the
with
a="26
Catenary.
The
above
the
is inside
for which
lower
the
When
1.
which
circle
fixed
the
equations
signs.
upper
Hypotrochoid,
is outside
rolling circle
the
read
be
for
Epitrochoid,
an
When
1600.
rolling circle
the
read
HANDBOOK
the
fixed
the
above
circle
equations
signs.
the
becomes
hypotrochoid
the
ellipse
The
Equations,
of the
curve
r=,(^+c_q
hanging
chain.
ACos
_,
1602.
*io"(fv " *)
"
*-
The
axis
of
through
the
distance
A below
of the
lowest
By
tan
COS
making
of
equations
point
the
of
lowest
the
axis
and
curve,
"
vertical,passing
the
the
of
point
of
ACosh"1
origin
The
curve.
the
at
slope
is
tangent
1603.
horizontal, the
is
"
"
"
the
"
"
1.
"
"
the
independent
catenary
are
variable,
following
the
obtained:
1604.
log,
1+smr
log,
tan
*y
1605.
fe ?-) A
+
\4
cost
Sinh-1
2/
seer.
The
radius
of
curvature,
"
*"
"
A sec2
r.
(tan
).
ANALYTIC
The
ordinate
the
between
area
lowest
the
of
175
GEOMETRY
of
axis
and
of the
point
the
to
curve
the
from
curve,
ordinate
any
y,
1606.
"
The
the
A2 tanr
hVy2
k2.
ft
4U
of
length
the
to
curve
1607.
measured
arc
an
top of any
ordinate
|(4 e~*)A
point
of
yf
Sinh|
lowest
the
from
A tanr
"
Vy2
h2.
ft
Whence
1608.
lo"
Involute
The
called
of
Antifriction
[4 y/l (|Y1A
+
the
Curve.
Its
Tractrix
or
"
the
so-
(f)'-[vA-g-c"h-'(^)r
""
16
The
10.
The
of
axis
Its summit
Another
161
length
the
of
to
tangent
this
is
curve
stant
con-
A.
"
1.
is the
touches
of the
loge (A
lowest
point
equation
of the
\/h2
included
area
y2)
the
by
branches.
its four
to
asymptote
the
form
The
12.
of the
catenary.
Tractrix
logg y
four
is
\/h2
y2.
"
branches
of
this
is *rA2.
curve
16 13.
The
circle and
to
is
equation
16
is the
Catenary
'
Sinh-1
Involute
in its
touch, without
point
the
fixed
in
the
given
plane
spool marks
Circle.
The
out
Let
straight
sliding upon,
moving
circle.
of a
end
such
of
a
its
will
tangent
line
curve.
there
be
moving
so
always
as
circumference;
generate
thread
fixed
given
the
unwound
then
involute
from
any
of
a
176
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
Let
point
is
where
the
the
on
the
fixed
point where,
is the
The
is
at
the
of
r00,
circle,t
fixed
other
any
generating
position
the
point
touches
the
generating point.
tangent
radius
in
line
moving
start, the
the
at
of the
circumference
circle,and
Then
arc
be
always equal
pt
curvature,
wherein
The
pt.
"
the
to
r0 denotes
of
the
of
measure
radius
the
at.
arc
the
fixed
circle.
The
centre
rectangular
coordinates
of the
circle,are
fixed
{*
T"TA
"
(y-ro
The
polar equation
1615.
of p, the
(C0S
6 +
d Sil1
6)"
(sm
0-0
cos
0).
The
length
1617.
The
area
1618.
Since
0 has
of the
aop
increased
to
family
the
of Parabolic
"""
faO2.
straight
Curves
f*
Parabolic
has
axn.
a"pn.
equation
Parabola
of the
n*h
1622.
a"p.
degree,
an~1y=xn.
m
1623.
The
Cubic
1624.
The
Semi-cubic
line
Curves.
Spirals,
1621.
The
"
becomes
curve
ym
1620.
The
infinity.
1619.
Parabolic
ap,
\r*0*.
ro0,
curve
Parabolic
The
the
y/-^2-l-tan-y/-^2-l.
6 16.
when
at
is
origin being
Parabola, a2y
Parabola,
re8.
aSy= x%.
The
1625.
latus
referred
to
tangents
ends
at
the
of
rectum,
The
at
Parabola
177
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
Spiral
of
uniform
itself is
Archimedes
in
rate
turning
at
is
line while
the
straight
uniform
generated by
around
rate
point moving
fixed
line
straight
point
or
pole.
r
The
1626.
value
the
of
polar equation
is
corresponding
to
a"p
"p
r" is
"p, wherein
-*-
2w.
r2
The
1627.
polar subtangent
"
"
1628.
The
polar subnormal
1620.
The
radius
Length
1630.
The
family
of
of
of the
curvature,
curve,
1632.
The
Lituus,
Hyperbolic
of
series
the
points
in
the
a.
Draw
off
measure
on
an
"p).
general equation
other
ends
hyperbolic spiral.
is also
r*"p
Its
a.
diameter
of
through
circle
each
of fixed
arc
beginning
length
these
equation
arcs
a,
all in
will
be
is
a.
r"p=
curve
circles,and
1634.
This
i"?"
the
particular case,
direction; the
same
a.
Spiral.
concentric
this diameter
at
"
r2
(ip\/l+"p* + Sinh-1
has
y"1^
*"
2a2
-*-
"
^"
Spirals,
Hyperbolic
The
0
r
Curves
Hyperbolic
1631.
1633.
constant.
a,
called the
.
"
1635.
used
in
A
the
the asymptote
straight
line
construction
of the
drawn
and
spiral.
parallel
at
distance
the
to
a
diameter
therefrom
is
178
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
The
1636.
the
make
spiral must
1637.
The
1638.
The
is
origin
number
infinite
an
polar subtangent
"
of turns
reach
to
it.
constant.
a,
"
which
around
point
asymptotic
an
r2
polar
subnormal
"
"
Compare
1628.
1627,
The
1639.
of
radius
curvature,
wherein
"
"
cos8
angle
the
The
between
the
and
is
tangent.
Curve.
Logarithmic
1640.
ae*
or
loge*^
wherein
the
on
The
the
axis
of
1641.
The
of the
2/"aen(cos
\
Logarithmic Spiral
1642.
radius
and
The
called
of turns
with
to
tangent
"p
of
ae"*.
"p, the
reach
it.
and
radius
ctn
of the
the
tangent
angle.
around
point
make
vector
form
m.
The
equation
Spiral, since
spiral must
is
curve
constant
an
infinite
value
of
ber
num-
angle
constant
for
which,
is found
0.
The
polar
normal
1644.
The
polar
subnormal
1645.
The
radius
evolute
locus
is the
1643.
The
intercept
)"
"
asymptotic
an
sin
Equiangular
other, and
each
by putting
the
is
values
the
form
vector
origin
negative
The
-ft
n
this
of
equation
"
r-
It is also
the
y.
general form
most
and
subtangent,
constant
of
Vl
"
curvature
is another
"
spiral
m2
ctn
which
log, m.
m
esc
a.
rm.
y/l
m2
will
an
"
cso
coincide
angle
a.
with
The
passed
area
by
over
from
"p
(the pole)
"x"
to
of "p,
positive value
any
179
GEOMETRY.
ANALYTIC
r2
1646.
"
"
4/n
The
1647.
of the
length
8*
The
sec
pole
the
from
arc
to
any
point,
a.
Lemniscate.
1648.
This
(a2 +
is
curve
a2
i/2)2
Or2
t/2),r
particular
of
case
Vcos
2p.
the
Oval,
Cassinian
1662.
see
Cissoid.
The
1649.
y2(2a-x)
xat
2asin2P.
cos
The
between
area
Descartes1
the
and
curve
"p
its asymptote
Folium.
1650.
r."""f""r.
J+tf-Sazy,
sin3 ^" +
line
The
3ira2.
"
2/ +
0 is
"
asymptote
-an
cos3
^"
to
this
sin
2^.
curve.
Quadrifolium.
1
65
(x2 +
1.
IFifeA
Tfo
y2)3
0/ Agnesi,
4a2z2i/2,
^"
1652.
D
"
i/
^
z2
Tfo
If
the
from
radiant
and
either
way
in
4a2
Conchoid.
fixed
directrix,
from
Ver8ie?ia.
!Tfo
or
point
along
fixed
length
constant
cut
the
straight line,
rp
radiant, the
be
locus
ured
meas-
of
is
conchoid.
Let
the
the
be
equation
1653.
or, with
for
perpendicular
for
(o
V)2 Q"2
pole,
r
"
sec
ob
from
origin of rectangular
is
"V
o
the
of
with
Then
directrix.
the
length
y "
b.
y2),
to
dinates,
coor-
180
MATHEMATICAL
The
Limacon.
into
becomes
the
By
wherein
this
of
equations
ob,
b,
(x* 4- y2
ax)2
is
conjugate point.
When
a,
is
node.
When
26, this
2
y2-
(3a -x)
Q\
3
TAe
t/2
=
Cubic
The
"
x,
(x2 + y2),
Trisectrix.
the
/'
(a + x)
^
y2
'"
r=*
"
(3g
X)
"
sin2^"
"
or
Quadratrix
of
so
x:
1658.
multiples
fixed
the
and
r2 be
the
b,
of
radii
the
and
"p.
move
the
formly
uni-
"
of
the
certain
the
on
foci, is
c
of
is
difference
point
sec
which
equation
or
a
"
intersection
-^J
called
focal
"p
both
The
sum
of
cos
the
(-
tan
distances
points
rt and
The
Ovals.
of
"p: \ir.
of
ordinate
an
4a
locus
the
is
circle and
that
Cartesian
^").
tan
^ "
r=2as^"
'
The
(sec
Trisectrix,
*
1657-
the
of
Logocyclic Curve,
1656.
Let
axis
Folium,
"
two
b2
called
been
has
curve
.*-1655-
radius
curve
rp.
="
a,
choid
con-
are
b "
"
the
for
ob
the
diameter,
as
of
directrix
When
The
"
the
ob
curve
"p "
cos
on
With
limagon.
1654.
changing
circle
fixed
HANDBOOK
curve
fixed
from
constant.
distance
between
foci.
The
of
the
lr2
nc,
equations
inner
and
outer
1660.
mr1
ovals
respectively
are
1659.
wherein
mrx
n"
m"
I.
"
lr2
nc,
ANALYTIC
The
Ovals
product
rxr2
b2
apart
The
r4
the
half
x)2]X [y2+
(c
x)2]
-
64.
2c2r2
c4,
foci, whose
the
between
way
b4
2^"
cos
distance
2c.
"
equation
1664.
r=*
represents
family
the Cubic
and
that
the property
by
is
polar equation
pole being
(c +
[y2+
or
1663.
the
defined
are
1662.
The
of Cassini
181
GEOMETRY
(sec "p +
of
curves
1667.
"
to
"p)
cos
which
the
belong
Cissoid
Trisectrix.
Miscellaneous
1665.
sin "p (a
sin
Polar
Equations.
circle).
2p.
1666.
1668.
cos
1670.
"p
sin
\"p.
2^".
cos
"
1669.
167
is
1.
sin
sin n^"
3cp.
(n loops when
odd,
is
b.
^ +
cos
loops when
2w
even.
1672.
r=
sin3
1674.
r=
1676/
tan
1673-
Jp.
1675.
^".
(sec 2(0
Miscellaneous
tan
a+
esc
^.
2"p).
Rectangular Equations.
log (1 + x).
1678.
y2
1680.
a2i/2
a2x*
1682.
a?/2
(x
1684.
ay2
x*"
x4.
a)2 (x
bx2.
6).
182
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
1685.
y2
7*
(x
a)2.
Vy1
1686.
x*
1689.
i/J"x3-2ax2.
a2xy
0.
V
a4
a2
1690.
7?
1691.
ay*
1693.
ay*
2X2
+2xi/
axi/2
i/2+ 5x
x4
0.
2i/
0.
1692.
(i/2
1694.
*/
x2)2
x5.
x3
2ax2*/
x4
0.
'
"
a2
1695.
ax*
1697.
x*+
1699.
(-Y
(A*
1701.
(-) +
(^V
61/3
4-
a*
(z
y)
1696.
a3i/
aV
1698.
a2i/
Sbx2
1.
1700.
3/
1.
1702.
i/=
0.
aB.
y3^
1703-
a2
(x
y(y"-
1707.
i/4
96oY
1708.
y4 +
x4
1709.
xy
1710.
x5
171
1.
T/ie
a2
2a3xy
between
Z
b2
t/5
=
Probability
of
coordinates
The
(1/2
two
: m
points
to
"
sec
18X2.
x.
-""
0.
(y2 +
2a2"2
62) +
0.
0.
Curve,
ylf
and
e~xi.
the Plane
Space.
in
zt) and
distance
in
given
are
point
m.
log
0.
x2).
point
(xv
Z+w
The
x4
The
ratio
4X3
"**"""" or
100a2x2
2axiy
x4
x3
4-
0.
(x2- |) (x2-}).
1)-
x4
i/).
"~(ir+(F"
1706.
x2
of
external
Z+m
division
I +
is
given by
changing
The
distance
1803.
If the
between
V(xx
x, y, z, be
a,
P,
cos
(yx
y2)2+
*",cos
"
ff
distance
of any
?*
radius
with
used
vector
the
and
of
axes
point (x, yf z)
cosy
Vx^
of
system
?"
of
axes
5i^ii
the
the
from
origin is
j/"+ 2s.
polar
three
and
y,
x,
point Or, y, z)
r"
much
the
with
1805.
A
The
is
(x2ty2, zj,
z2f.
(zx
makes
line d
the
zj and
yxt
respectively, then
y,
**
1804.
x2Y
which
angles
points (xv
two
183
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
coordinates
angles
P,
a,
which
makes
Then
respectively.
of the
consists
for
any
(r,a, p, y)
or
r2
s2 +
z2,
t/2+
IoOO.
"
"
cos
connected
by
the
1807.
is
1808.
by
1809.
other
cos2 P
0 between
cos
the
"
cos
direction
y-
cosines,
are
cos2 y
lines whose
two
cosines
are
1.
direction
cos
ax
a2
/*!cos
cos
P2
cos
7^
cos
y^
equation
sin2 0
(cos Px
cos
y2
(cos
yx
cos
a2
(cos
ax
cos
/?2
condition
that
"
cos
P2
cos
yt)3
cos
y2
cos
at)2
cos
a2
lines be
two
cos
^J2.
right angles
at
each
to
is
1810.
The
P;
the
The
cos
relation
cos2
angle
known
or
"
These
The
2/
a,
cos
ax
a2
cosines
direction
lines and
cos
therefore
0
cos
sin 0
cos
sin 0
cos
of
their
to
Px
cos
cos
line
plane
P2
cos
cos
yx
perpendicular
given by
are
"
cos
Px
cos
y2
cos
yt
cos
a2
"
cos
aj
cos
P2
(sin
y2
to
two
the
"0.
given
equations
cos
P2
cos
yx
cos
y2
cos
ax
"
cos
a2
cos
p3
184
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
wherein
be
to
the
ft,y,
a,
found,
the
are
given lines,and
sin 0
cosines
of
of the
terms
direction
Parallel
being
system
of
coordinates
the
for x, y,
their
1812.
Turning
x',
x0 +
rectangular.
x,
the
respectively;
new
in
the
old
the
the
to
is made
transformation
rectangular
with
lines
old
axes
by substituting
equivalents.
them
y,
direction
in
coordinates
the
in
90",
two.
origin relatively
new
being
other
The
those
y, z;
x,
the
give
of
Coordinates.
of
Transformation.
If 0
perpendicular
of the
Transformation
angles
them.
then
mutually
cosines
perpendicular
direction
between
equations
three
of
one
angle
above
the
p2f y2J
a2,
0 the
the
1 ; and
and
PXf yx
av
of the
angles
direction
the
old
and
be
axes
for
angles
ax,
shortness
made
Px,
the
by
yx)
a2,
cos
ax
put
z'.
z0 +
the
around
axes
Let
?/',z
y0+
y="
p2,
"
new
y2;
"3,
a3,
f}x
cos
ax,
of
axes
"
y3,
bx,
etc.
1813.
1814.
axxf +
a2yi
a32r
axx
bxy
ctz
bxxf +
b2y' +
6sz'
a2x
b2y +
c2s
cxzf +
c2tf+
c3z'.
a3*
bsV +
c3*-
"
The
following
"
hold
cosines
good,
1816.
1815.
a/+
a,2+a"2
6l"+
0*
632
"
a22+622+c22
1.
"32 +
C32
1,
1818.
a363
+
fcjCji
b2c2 +
cxax
c*
a^
a262 +
axbx
"x2 +
l8l7.
'
direction
nine
these
between
relations
c2a2. +
"0
=-
63c3
a2a3
^2^3 +
C2C3
cza3
0.
"3ai
^3^1 +
C3C1
0.
1820.
1819.
Another
the
the
the
of
axis
in
Astronomy,
radius
vector,
angle
"
which
which
this
with
makes
its
projection
on
the
angle
These
coordinates
as
cos
polar coordinates
cos
p,
general form of
Ax
1823.
If 4
C
If D
of
with
makes
the
"
"
By
Cz
of
+
plane is
0.
of y;
axis
of
0, the plane
0 and
plane makes
is
parallel to
through
passes
the
x;
z.
origin.
the
plane
is
parallel to
0, the
plane
is
parallel to
intercepts
respectively,the equation
1824.
sin 0.
z2.
axis
(7=0,
If the
y2
the
plane
0 and
x2 +
z=*
of
"
2?
6 sin
"p,
cos
axis
0, the
rectangular
to
2?
"
the equation
+
0 and
If ^4
related
are
follows:
r2
The
projection
x.
1822.
used
polar coordinates,
of xy,
plane
"p
of
system
of
consists
185
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
"+
a
a,
6,
is
J? + "_
be
1.
on
the
the
the
axes
i/2-plane.
zx-plane.
of x, y,
186
MATHEMATICAL
If
the
perpendicular
from
and
angles
length
make
the
of the
equation
1825.
An
HANDBOOK
equation
the
to
the
of
the
normal
P,
a,
takes
plane
cos
origin
the
form
Ax
cos
the
By
be
plane
normal
fi +
form
with
cos
upon
of
axes
in
x, y, z,
form
p.
Cz
is
duced
re-
by putting
1826.
A
cos
-"
VA2
"
a,
VA2
B*+C2
The
N.B.
B2
y,
"g
=cos",
V42
cos
B2+C2
"
^=p-
\/42
C2
sign of the
radical
0 between
two
is to
be
chosen
so
C2
fl2 +
as
give
to
tive
posi-
value.
angle
The
is
given by
either
Ax
By+
A'x
B'y
of
the
cos
"2
(HC
each
condition
other
the
D'
CCr
C2 \/4'2
(CA'~
B'2
C"2
C'A)2
(AB"
that
the
B2
C2) (A'2
planes
should
BB'
CC
be
B'2
A'B)\
C"2)
perpendicular
is
AA'
1829.
and
Cz
BB'
1KV
{A2
The
nin, e
"
VA2
To2o
Cz
equations
A A'
1827.
planes
condition
that
they
should
3""
A'
B'
Cr
be
0;
parallel is
to
ANALYTIC
The
to
length
1831.
wherein
the
and
the
the
"
"
the
and
perpendicular
plane,
given
of
cos
(xx cos
t/j
(xvyifzl)
on
when
sign
negative
P+
cos
is to
are
cos
cos
taken
are
p),
"
when
sides
opposite
they
is
p,
cos
zx
be
of
the
on
z^
yv
the
origin
the
plane,
side
same
of
plane.
If the
of the
equation
Ax
the
from
positive sign
point
187
GEOMETRY
length
Cz
perpendicular
the
of
By
is of the
given plane
D
is
form
0,
in the
given
form
lmmAxx+Byx+Cz1"Dm
VA2+B2+
All
the
the
sign
same
as
the
are
this
the
on
same
side
of
has
fraction
the
plane
as
equation
1833.
wherein
(Ax +By+Cz
h is
D)
of the
If k be
all
Ax
By
Cz
A'x
B'y
C'z
given alternately
VA2
B2+
VA'2
B'2
each
the
B'y
C'z
+Z"')
=-
0,
0
0.
one
of the
two
values
C2
;
'
resulting equations
to
(A'x
planes
two
"
angles between
arbitrary, represents
intersection
1834.
the
of
numerator
origin.
The
the
which
for
points
C2
will
other
two
C"2
represent
which
the
bisect
given planes.
two
the
planes
pendicular
per-
supplemental
188
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
form
the
1825,
(x
"
The
and
4-
that
y,
x,
the
ft'+
cos
cos
y'
cos
planes
that
is
in the
are
bisecting planes
two
ft +
cos
four
point
same
eliminating
a!
cos
condition
the
that
cos
given planes
of
equations
(x
1835.
the
of
p')
0.
through
pass
determinant
their
A'
D'
A"
B"
C"
D"
A'"
B'"
C"
Z)'"
=0.
that
two
equations
one
formed
should
from
four
are
p)
should
the
normal
by
vanish;
is
1836.
1837.
in
condition
the
intersect, each
space
these
is also
This
line
lines
straight
being represented
by
two
of
equations.
1838.
vertices
is the
Six
times
(xv
are
of
volume
the
the
tetrahedron
whose
yv
determinant
the
given points
all in
one
plane
is that
vanish.
this determinant
Hence
points lie
four
that
condition
The
of
equation
may
be
plane
passing
through
three
written
1839.
x"
the
straight line
general
1840.
in
space
2/2
2/3
is determined
0.
by
form
Ax
By
Cz
A'z
B'y
Cz
D'
0.
two
equations
of
ANALYTIC
Each
of
these
line
straight
189
GEOMETRY
equations
represents
is the
represented
intersection
the
and
plane,
these
of
two
planes.
By
eliminating
they
184
line
the
on
plane
the
on
of
y, the
of
axis
the
straight
the
and
angles
equations
these
straight
tion
projec-
its
equations
as
plane parallel to
the
being
represent
through
/3, y, with
a,
the
axis
of
x,
of
intersection
the
"r^_y-yi
cos
cos
line
straight
cos
x,
y, and
z, its
through
passes
"^
2/2
Zl
straight
line
Vl
zt) perpendicular
Ax
By
points,
given
are
X2
of
equations
two
2/^li L^Jx
Xl
yv
ft
l843.
point (xv
of
axes
zj
^Lii.
the
are
l842.
The
of
plane parallel to
line passes
straight
forms
If
that
second
the
planes.
two
If the
they
the
first represents
second
line
projection of
Or, regarding
yz.
representing planes,
the
and
xz,
of
tions,
equa-
used,
commonly
of the
equation
plane
these
between
y=*nz+b.
x=mz+a,
first is the
these
alternately
explicit form
the
assume
1.
The
and
the
to
Cz
of
Z2
passing
through
the
plane
0
are
44
ABC
1845.
into
the
If
the
equations
y-yt
xt
=
direction
divided
line
are
brought
form
x-
the
straight
by VA2
cosines
+
B2 +
z-
of
C\
zt
the
line
are
'
A, B,
and
each
190
The
0 between
angle
a
x"
"
"
"
the
"b
given by
lines
two
__
is
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
"
nf
m!
equation
(
IV
1846.
cos
I2 +
lines
The
and
IV
angle
mm'
"
"
"
a
0
line is
parallel to
Al
The
Bb
4m
Bn
line
parallel to
185
1.
(x
z-zt
{x
the
0.
the
other
(2
the
"
b2
direction
cosines
of
are
b2ct)+
zt) (afi2
(z
are
s-s2
__
a2
b2, c2,
equations
y-y2
a;-rc2
c_
x2) (btc2
+
ftnd
equations
line
'
xx) (V2
Z""
clf a2,
lines, the
two
straight
Cz+
Aa
__
bv
0.
y=nz+b
a,
By+
"i
alt
the
y-yx
a_
Cn
Ax
__
wherein
if
plane
Bm
B2+C2
plane
two
x-xr
Cn
"/A2
the
+
mz
are
be
Bm+
conditions. that
x
If there
*=0
1849.
1850.
Ax+By+Cz+D
is
"
\/P +m2+n2
The
if
Al+
"
sin
n'2
other
plane
"
m'2
0.
"
__o_Q
each
nn'
the
1848.
Z'2 +
^-^
-^
"
nn'
to
between
line
the
m2+n2
perpendicular
are
1847.
The
mm'
4-
b2ct)+
z2) (a^,
(y
yx) (c^
a2bt)
(y
y2) (cxa2
a2"x)
c2at)
0.
c2aj
of the
each
These
them,
planes
which
by
coefficients
the
is also
lines, is equal
divided
parallel;
are
the
of x, y,
(xx
(yx
*"" (a*6*
(z*
denominator
0 is the
lines make
given
terms
of the
squares
y2) (cxa2
c2ax)
(afi2
a2bj2
a2bJ
-"
this
of
angle
which
each
other.
with
(cta2
b2cj2 +
where
the
absolute
of the
sum
b2ct)+
"
V(btc2
The
of the
x2) (bxc2
+
1852.
between
their
of
between
Thus
z.
distance
distance
difference
root
square
the
and
shortest
the
to
191
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
c2at)2+
is
expression
See
to
of the
directions
the
equal
sin 0,
given
two
1809.
Quadrics.
The
general equation of
1853.
The
ax2
by2
2my
2nz
Discriminant
1856.
If D
be
surface, either
of two),
1857.
or
an
cz2 +
the second
d +
degree
2fyz
in
three variables
2hxy
2gzx
+2lx
is
0.
is
not
0, the surface
represented
hyperboloid
ellipsoid,a
(of
is
one
central
sheet
or
cone.
If D
0, the
represented
surface
hyperbolic,
cylinder (elliptic,
or
parabolic)
is
or
some
form
of
some
form
of
paraboloid.
1858.
For
If A
further
equation, 1862,
0, the
surface
represented
discrimination,
should
be
used.
the
is
cone.
discriminating
cubic
192
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
Transformation
If D
be
general
equation
through
the
solving
the
These
the
gz0+l
hy0
hx0
by0 +
fz0+
9*o
fVo +
czo +
the
express
centre
axes
found
are
by
0,
0.
should
freed
is
=0,
condition
equation
by2
cz2 +
of
2fyz
d!
wherein
186
that
each
the
be
the
2hxy
Z, m,
new
equal
of
terms
0.
to
first
degree
relations
that
equation
an
to
axes
relations
These
the
-g2
ab-p
By
to
taken
-h2
-ch2
/',g', and
form
cubic
(for their
two
sum,
by
xy
centre
be done
old
so
to
as
set
make
of the
coefficients
new
one
made
be
can
by virtue
and
from
of
rectangular
origin.
b' +
c'a' +
-a'b'c'
cf,
a'b'
f'2
g'2
h'2,
h! each
product
have
a' +
Vc'
equation
their
two
the
can
the
same
b+
making
a
0,
are
a+
bc+ca
and
zx,
on
is transformed
with
another
yz,
This
between
exist
d'
axes
h vanish.
and
"
in
the
2gzx
4-
terms
by turning
/,g,
new
when
the
Further,
1.
disappear
the
us
the
ax0
equation
ax2
i860,
abc
parallel
to
becomes
and
to
transformed
central, the
equations
transformed
Thus
be
surface
x0, y0, z0 of
coordinates
equations
the
in
be
can
the
Equation.
centre.
The
1859.
therefore
0, and
not
the General
of
0, these
whose
and
all become
roots
the
sum
known).
equations
are
a', 6',
of their
enable
and
c'
products
ANALYTIC
This
and
cubic
the
as
discriminating cubic,
it is written
ft3
1862.
(a
The
this
three
cubic,
The
2"A
general equation
a'*2
This
will
the
roots
all
(i) Let
makes
if a,
b} and
the
these
"
a2
intercepts, the
**
b2
An
It
Ellipsoid.
is that
of
an
Oblate
b "
c, the
surface
is that
of
(ii) Let
oj2
"y2
+"
"
6, it
qj2
/Jj2
1866.
"
"
(iv) Let
b2
it is
(v) When
sheet.
one
Then
negative.
Hyperboloid
of
sheets.
two
revolution.
of
be
roots
negative.
Then
z2
b2
d'
be
1, A
-=
surface
u2
a2
of
revolution.
of
roots
+t"+"
"
Hyperboloid
c2
all three
QC2
1867.
gi
"
a2
c,
the
of
two
Spheroid.
c2
surface
Prolate
Then
negative.
:=1,
b2
is
Spheroid.
2"2
"
a2
(iii)Let
be
root
one
1865.
may
"?
surface
then
surface, and
equation
c, the
If
closed
b "
If b
axis, is
surface
Sphere.
The
If
nature
cubic.
of
the
to
is that
according
surface
If
0.
c, the
by solving
form
1864.
If
h2) k
0.
real, found
positive.
each
on
d'
forms
be
roots
denote
dz2
b'y2 +
intercept
sought.
discriminating
three
real
in
written
the
of
f2- g*
becomes
different
assume
ch2)
all
are
now
ab~
ca+
af-bg2-
the
1863.
(bc+
of k, which
values
are
c) A2
b +
(a6c
of
is known
equation
193
GEOMETRY
"
1,
No
real
locus.
c2
"
vanishes
in
consequence
of
0,
be
194
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
1868.
2-
"
a2
c2
at
1869.
ellipsoid
infinitelysmall
0, An
"
b2
1+w~^==^'
.,
the
origin.
Cone"
asymptotic
to
the
corresponding hyperboloid.
If D
without
and
1870.
a'x2 "
c'
can
z;
187
which
(i)
a'x2 "
a'z2 +
If a'
V,
"V
the
of the
in
2n'z
through
a',"', c'
becomes
0.
origin
new
but
y vanish
inating
discrim-
roots
equation
and
of the
term
one
axes
2nfz
following
If also d'
that
not
of
d!
0,
surfaces.
Vy2
d'
EllipticCylinder,
0,
is circular.
cylinder
Hyperbolic Cylinder.
0,
cylinders
is the
coordinate
axis
of
z.
0,
a'x2
1874.
"y
"
intersecting in
the
cylinder a'x2
b'y*+
(ii) If n'
disappear
d!
of these
axis
1875.
last
2m'y
of
bV
the
the
a'x2
1873.
two
terms
n'=6,
If
1872.
the
the
turned,
becomes
equation
represents
The
2Vx
coefficients
Thus
parallel
to
the
the
and
through
be
may
make
to
therefore
0.
b'tf+
Transformation
make
axes
as
the
that
0, and
Say
0.
to
the
origin, so
equal
parallel axes
to
but
general equation
disappear.
xy
cubic
is
the
changing
yz, zx,
In
transformation
impossible;
is
centre
the
represented by
surface
central, and
is not
the
0, the
be
and
axis
df
not
the
of
0,
-4 pair
0,
="
and
0/ planes
asymptotic
to
the
hyperbolic
0.
change
equation
will
of.
take
origin
one
or
will
the
make
d'
other
of
following forms
a'x2
Vy2
2nfz
0,
An
Elliptic Paraboloid.
If a'
"',the paraboloid
a'x2
1876.
(iii)If also
cubic
6'
a'x2
1877.
If
(iv)
change
Hyperbolic
is, if
2m
of
axes
2nt'y +
cf =0,
6'
in the
0,
becomes
yz,
Parabolic
n'
0, and
ating
discrimin-
form
the
plane
0,
=-
0, m!
-=
2n'z
'y +
Paraboloid.
of the
roots
two
are
by
of revolution.
one
0, A
0, that
"
a'x3
which,
is
2n'z
b'y* +
195
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
Cylinder.
0, the
equation
becomes
o'x2
1878.
pair of parallelplanes.
the
of
equation
second
degree
At?
cone.
represents
Every
of the
be
of the
Dxy
Eyz
Fax
"
0,
form
sphere.
the
radius
sphere,
1881.
And
C22
x*+y*+z*+Ax+By+Cz+D-0
represents
r
By2
equation
1880.
its
and
the
(y-b)2+
origin be
the
takes
equation
(x-a)2
if the
6,
a,
the
at
coordinates
of the
centre
form
(*-c)"-H.
takes
form
x" +
1882.
y2
of
general equation
F
which, by solving
r2.
Surfaces.
surface
curved
(x, y, z)
is
0,
for z, becomes
z=f(x,y).
1883..
Equation
1884.
s2
Curved
The
in
variables,
1879.
If
0,
homogeneous
Every
three
of the
(X-x)
plane tangent
DXF+
(Y-y)
at
the
DyF+
point (x, yy z)
(Z-z)
DzF=0.
the
196
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
of the
Equations
normal
the
at
X-x
_Z-z
Y-y
1885.
DXF
angles
The
point (x, y} z)
coordinate
axes
the
are
determined
by
y,
DXF
1886.
cos
-|-
the
DgF
DyF
$0
cos
,
with
makes
normal
which
0,
a,
DSF
DyF
|p
cos
-|-
wherein
the
Applying
foregoing
of
quadrics 1853,
(x, y, z)
which
ax2
V(DXF)2
formulas
(DZF)\
the
to
general equation
have
w"
by2
{DyF)2
cz2 +
2lx
shall
for shortness
2my
be
2fyz
d +
2gzx
4-
2nz
written
2hxy
0,
4-
0.
"
Then,
f DXF
1887.
D^F
DZF
and
the
equation
of
(ax
hy
Dyu
(hx
by+fz
Z"2**
(gx+
Z)xw
the
plane
}y+
T)
m)
n),
cz+
at
tangent
gz
the
point (x, y, z)
becomes
(X
1888.
+
+
or,
writing
at
x) (ax
full
1889.
(ax
and
fz+m)
Ix +
(gx+
my
J-
n)
cz+
reducing,
hy
gz
Y(hx+by+fz+
I)
gz
fy+
z) (gx+
length
(hx+by+
(Y-y)
(Z
hy
m)
fy+
cz
4-
nz
l)
n)
0.
0,
ANALYTIC
The
of the
equations
197
GEOMETRY
normal
X-x
the
at
Z-z.
Y-jl
l89"K
'
hx+by+fz+m
ax+hy+gz+l
and
the
direction
ax+hy+gz
"
V(ax+
'
are
hy+
'
by+fz
l)2+ (hx+
gz +
\nf
the
+"
+t
of
of
angles
coordinate
1894.
cos
surface, it represents
and
statement
sheet
of
or
the
changing
sign
formulas
p,
from
x'2
v'2
z!2
p2
a*
b*
c4
apply
the
origin
this
perpendicular
makes
given by
are
-""-
cos
,
J^r
b2
cos
,
'
y'
*"
c2'
Whence,
p2
="
c2
or
to
upon
given by
is
1895.
of
the
two.
perpendicular,
axes
By
($, y, which
a,
the
on
same
one
plane
tangent
be
'
"
point.
the
"
hyperboloid
length
that
at
b2 and
both
b2
point' (x'\\f\zf)
plane
tangent
the
n)2.
ellipsoid
if the
The
cr
the
(gx+fy+cz
m)2+
a2
The
b2
the
zz'
represents
of
equation
a2
or,
gx+fy+cz
xx'
the
n9
to
normal
hx+by+fz
ie
"
wherein
The
of the
cosines
gx+fy+cz
a2 cos2
b2 cos2 fi +
c2 cos2
y.
with
198
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
The
condition
that
Ax
should
touch
the
plane
the
By
Cz
surface
"t
"
a2
"-=\
b2
c2
B2b2
is that
A2a2
1896.
The
the
of
equations
normal
2r
The
"
equation
./
"."./
a2
the
represents
from
parallel to
the
If two
diameters
cosines
cos
_q"
a'
cos
at
that
a2
other
"-
cos
the
surface,
their
Curves
tion
direc-
double
n
=
0.
c2
Curvature.
Double
of
y'
*-
y*" cos
4-
b2
of
the
on
to
point.
each
to
3'
cos
*=-
+,
curve
conjugate
related,
1899.
is
{x'yyfJzr)
point
conjugate
are
cos
which
plane tangent
thus
are
c2
plane
the
b2
diametral
drawn
diameter
is
~"/
2|"^"^
1898.
and
the
at
D2.
-"(*/" (*-/).
"/0
",(?-*)
1897.
CV
is
curvature
represented
by
two
equations
Fx (x, y, z)
1900.
The
these
is the
curve
This
projections
on
elements
the
are
of
which
are
=0.
surfaces
two
which
separately represent.
by
coordinate
fx (x)
equations
the
of
represented
of the
two
1901.
which
taken
is also
curve
F2 (x, y, z)
intersection
equations
two
0,
and
the
equations
of
its
planes, thus,
f2 (x)
of
cylindrical
two
parallel to
the
axes
of
surfaces
and
the
y respectively.
The
angles
P,
a,
makes
curvature
the
by
which
with
199
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
the
the
to
tangent
coordinates
of
axes
double
of
curve
mined
deter-
are
equations
dx
cos
cos
"
ds
dz
dy
1902.
-f-
=-
cos
"",
as
as
wherein
ds^\/dx2+df+dz2^dx\Jl+(^+{^
1903.
The
the
ecfuations of
x~x
the
at
tangent
point (x, y, z)
are
Z-z
Y-v
",^
normal
The
the
It
curve.
when
equation,
(X
1905.
The
is
(Y
osculating plane
three
consecutive
touches
the
the
at
for
axes
angles A,
p,
through
tains
con-
when
it
is
C(Z-*)-0,
dzcPx
which
the
dyd?x.
"
the
normal
makes
binormal
by
dx"z
"
dxd?y
"
dzcPy
to
with
wherein
cosji
VA2
ds
osculating
the
coordinate
,
cosX--,
the
equations
1908.
is
therefore
equation,
1907.
its
0.
passes
and
Its
dycPz
so-called
determined
are
which
point (x, y, z)
the
z) dz=
of
shortness,
plane,
and
tangent,
curve
tangents.
The
the
of
points
(Z
infinite
point
any
point Or, y, z)
plane
il(X-aO+"(y-y)
1906.
wherein,
curve
the
is
consecutive
two
the
y) dy+
at
the
to
through
x) dx+
drawn
be
can
perpendicular
it passes
all the
plane containing
lines that
of normal
number
is the
plane
cos
-,
B2
V("Px)2+
v=
-,
C2
(d?y)2 +
(d2z)2- ((Ps)2,
*V("")'"('
D' "('D
200
MATHEMATICAL
Let
angle
the
denoted
by
d t;
HANDBOOK
between
consecutive
two
be
tangents
then
R
"*T
1909,
and
ds2'
the
radius
so-called
of
of the
firstcurvature
the
in
curvature
The
Pi
coordinates
or
the
is
curve,
ds
1910,
osculating plane,
dsf
dr~
centre
of
the
first
ture
curva-
are
ddx
ds
1911
XQ
ds
in
ds
V+
Vo=
Pi
ds
dz
ds
2
Let
be
angle
the
denoted
between
by dd;
osculating planes
then
=\/{d
dd
1912.
consecutive
two
cos
A)2
Bd*y
Ad3x
(d
cos
/a)2+
(d
v)2
cos
Cd3z
" S"
R?
and
the
radius
the
of the
so-called
second
curvature,
torsion
or
of
is
curve,
ds
1913
The
points
1914.
P2
is
curve
dd
0, that
Ad*x
plane
curve
dd
(no
torsion)
when
is, when
Bd*y
Cd?z
dx
dy
dz
d?x
d2y
"Pz
d?x
"Py
d3z
0.
for
all
Helix.
The
helix
The
and
be
may
with
is the
circle
the
itself
one
the
between
the
xy
of
screw,
moves
so
to
as
erate
gen-
and
the
r;
makes
curve
of
axis
let
projection
the
'
the
plane
xy
let "p be
and
the
be
with
the
z;
h (
let
screw);
is with
the
cylinder)
(or
of
the
to
cylinder,
threads
tangent
axis
circle while
velocity
circle
cylinder be the
of the
axis
the
generating circle,that
the
on
the
which
angle
uniform
the
the
between
interval
of
circumference
of
wnich
point
circle,also of the
the
of
around
passage
thread
cylinder.
the
of
locus
with
moves
radius
the
Let
of
as
right circular
the
velocity in the
uniform
by the
formed
curve
defined
201
GEOMETRY
ANALYTIC
of the
angle
the
radius
vector
Then
plane.
*/
*
tan
1915.
^.
"r.
x
"
"
r
r
y
"p, 11
o.na
cos
en
sin
sin
r
r
en
"py
9.
z
r
r
s=
=
tan
"p tan
en
/v
a,
2irr
and
the
1916.
of the
the
helix
The
surface
of
XzLi/
straight
radii of curvature
1918.
Pi
(1
tan
if
cylinder be
spread
are
tan2
a)
r"=
Pi
the
First
a)
are
line in that
"
cos2
"
helix
).
tan
f-
cos
"p
the
will* become
the
to
sin
sin (
\r
tangent
_*-
If
written
a)
1917.
the
be
may
) and
x=rcos(
equations
-1
\r tan
The
"
Curvature.
put
on
plane.
plane
"
x
*""""
"*v"p"
'
202
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
1
"^,^
1919.
tan2
*.
p2"r
sin
tana
the
Second
cos
a'
Curvature.
"
"
?2
Length
1920.
of
an
of
arc
the
curve
\/l
8
"p=*
"
cos
r"p
tan2
a.
TABLES
203
TABLE
205
I.
TABLE
206
I.
TABLE
I.
207
TABLE
I.
208
TABLE
I.
209
TABLE
2X0
I.
TABLE
No.
Square
Cube
Squi
Cube
Bo
I.
Cube
Boot
of
ot
Boot
the
Beolproeal
Square
O.OO
30I
90601
27270901
45
01300
33
303
91809
27543608
27818127
6- 7017593
6. 7091729
91358
91204
3493SI6
3781472
4068952
44
302
6.
45
11231
3300330
304
92416
21151
45
31061
3""6
93636
43559S8
4642492
4928557
45
93025
28094464
28372625
28652616
6.
305
3289474
3278689
3267974
28934443
29218112
29503629
29791000
307
94249
308
94864
9548i
309
3"
96100
96721
312
97344
313
97969
98596
3IO
3M
165700
"395o8
3322259
"258
6.
3I3I55
6.
'38664 1
45
40959
52I4I55
6.
'459967
45
5499288
5783958
6.
'533134
45
50847
60725
6.
606143
45
7059X
3246753
3236246
6068169
635 192 1
6635217
6.
678095
45
80446
3225806
30080231
30371328
6.
751690
'824229
45
90291
3215434
30664297
6918060
6.
30959144
7200451
6.
3257329
46 00126
3205128
'896613
/908844
6.8040921
46 09950
46 19764
46 29566
3194888
3184713
3I746o3
46 39360
46 49142
46 58915
3i64557
3134796
".
315
99225
3i255875
7482393
316
99856
00489
31554496
3i855"i3
3i8
01124
32157432
7763888
8044938
8325545
6. 81
317
319
01
320
02400
321
03041
32461759
32768000
33076161
860571 1
8885438
9164729
6.8327714
6. 8399037
6.8470213
46 68677
46 78428
46 88170
3115265
3105590
761
6.
6.
1 2847
8184620
8256242
3154574
3144654
3125000
322
03684
9443584
9722008
46 97902
04329
33386248
33698267
6.8541240
323
6. 861
47
07623
3095975
324
04976
34012224
0000000
6.
8682855
47
*7335
3086420
325
34328125
34645976
34965783
0277564
6.
6.
0831413
6.
8753443
8823888
8894188
47
0554701
327
05625
06276
06929
328
o7584
107703
6.
8964345
329
08241
35287552
3561 1289
330
08900
35937000
331
09561
332
0224
36264691
36594368
36926037
2208672
2482876
326
2 1 20
27036
36727
47 46409
3076923
3067485
3058104
47
6- 9034359
6. 9104232
47
56081
65743
3048780
13835 7 1
1 65902 1
47
75395
3030303
1934054
6.9173964
6.9243556
6.9313008
47
85037
94670
302
48 04293
3003003
48 13906
48 23510
48 33io4
2994012
69589434
9658198
6.9726826
48 42689
48 52265
2967359
48 61830
2949853
48 71387
48 80934
48 90473
2941
47
47
3039514
1 148
3012048
333
0889
334
1556
37259704
2756669
335
2225
37595375
3030052
6.9382321
6.9451496
336
2896
37933056
3303028
6- 9520533
337
3509
338
4244
4921
3575598
3847763
41 19526
6.
339
38272753
38614472
38958219
340
5600
34i
6281
39304000
3965 182
4390889
4661853
342
6964
40001688
4932420
6.9795321
6. 9863681
6.9931906
343
5202592
7.0000000
49
5472370
7.0067962
49
09519
345
9025
40353607
40707584
41063625
00000
344
7649
8336
5741756
7.oi3579i
49
19029
2906977
2898551
7. 0203490
49
7.0271058
7.0338497
49
28530
38022
2881844
42144192
6010752
6279360
654758i
49
47504
2873563
42508549
42875000
6815417
7082869
7.0405806
7.0472987
49
56978
49
66442
2865330
2857143
346
9716
347
20409
348
2 1
349
21801
350
22500
104
41421736
41781923
211
2985075
2976190
2958580
176
2932551
2923977
2915452
2890173
TABLE
I.
212
TABLE
213
I.
TABLE
I.
2x4
TABLE
I.
215
TABLE
216
I.
TABLE
I.
217
TABLE
I.
218
TABLE
219
I.
TABLE
220
I.
TABLE
I.
221
I.
TABLE
222
f
TABLE
223
I.
TABLE
I.
224
COMMON
LOGARITHMS
OF
NUMBERS
From
100
225
to
999
TABLE
II."
LOGARITHMS
OF
HUMBERS.
table:
it"
logarithms
op
numbers.
TABLE
II."
LOGARITHMS
OF
NUMBERS.
TABLE
II"
LOGARITHMS
OF
NUMBERS.
TABLE
C"
LOGARITHMS
OF
KUMBERS.
TABLE
II. "LOGARITHMS
OF
HUMBERS.
TABLE
II."
LOGARITHMS
OF
LUMBERS.
233
TABLE
n"
LOGARITHMS
OP
NUMBERS.
966
*"53
975
*o62
140
Pt".
Pp.
148
226
234
312
321
398
406
484
569
492
655
663
578
9
I
740
825
0.0
749
1.8
s34!
a-7
3-6
*|a*
6
7
5-4
"
6.3
j 7.
9I8.1
8
1
_
234
0.8
TABLE
n"
LOGARITHMS
OF
NUMBERS.
TABLE
II
"
LOGARITHMS
OF
HTJMBERS.
TABLE
n."
LOGARITHMS
OF
NUMBERS.
TABLE
No-
II."
LOGARITHMS
OF
NUMBERS.
||f)
TABLE
II"
LOGARITHMS
OF
NUMBERS.
TABLE
II.
"
LOGARITHMS
OF
HUMBERS.
TABLE
II."
LOGARITHMS
OF
NUMBERS.
TABLE
II."
LOGARITHMS
OF
240
NUMBERS.
TABLE
II.
"
LOGARITHMS
OF
HTIMBERS.
TABLE
II."
LOGARITHMS
OF
242
NUMBERS.
TABLE
II.
"
LOGARITHMS
243
OF
NUMBERS.
table
binomial
m."
From
u(n"
Cr-
1) (n
"
a)
.
12
("
"
coefficients.
"
r+
to
22
20.
"
1)
",
Also
1X2X3X
"
Cr**C"
"
"
r"
(n-r)
Factorials.
The continued
tonal of n ; and
Some
writers
244
is called
the
fac-
245
TABLE
IV.
"
NATURAL
LOGARITHMS
246
OF
NUMBERS.
TABLE
IV.
"
NATURAL
LOGARITHMS
247
OF
NUMBERS.
\
TABLE
IV.
"
NATURAL
LOGARITHMS
248
OF
NUMBERS.
TABLE
V.
"
TRIGONOMETRIC
Natural
Values
OR
to
Three
CIRCULAR
Places
of
FUNCTIONS.
Decimals.
240
TABLE
VI.
"
NATURAL
NATURAL
COSINES.
250
SINES.
TABLE
VI.
"
NATURAL
NATURAL
COSINES.
251
SHIES.
TABLE
VII.
NATURAL
"
NATURAL
COTANGENTS.
2^2
TANGENTS.
NATURAL
COTANGENTS,
253
TABLE
VIII.
NATURAL
"
NATURAL
COSECANTS.
254
SECANTS.
TABLE
VIII.
NATURAL
"
NATURAL
COSECANTS.
255
SECANTS.
TABLE
IX.
"
LOGARITHMS
OF
256
TRIGONOMETRIC
FUNCTIONS.
TABLE
IX."
LOGARITHMS
TRIGONOMETRIC
OF
257
FUNCTIONS.
TABLE
IX."
LOGARITHMS
OF
TRIGONOMETRIC
258
FUNCTIONS.
TABLE
IX."
LOGARITHMS
OF
TRIGONOMETRIC
359
FUNCTIONS.
TABLE
X"
ARCS,
ANGLES,
SOLID
SINES,
AND
TANGENTS,
ANGLES.
The
"
area
pole down
"
96l
"
TABLE
XI.
TABLE
XII.
SEGMENTS
"
THE
If in any
OF
THE
RADIUS
and
CIRCLE
IS
OF
WHICH
x.
of
in
degrees
the
central
angle, then
(1) Length
of the
arc,
"
"=-*
vr.
264
arc,
""
"
cos
"
""
sin2
"
"
TABLE
SEGMENTS
XII."
THE
(3) Chord,
c"
sin
OF
THE
RADIUS
(4) Area
"
CIRCLE
IS
ir"fr
r2.
sector
3600
265
WHICH
?(""")
of the segment
OF
i.
TABLE
NATURAL
XIIL*."
VALUES
HYPERBOLIC
THE
OF
FUNCTION
Sinh
i \eu
"
from
zz
"
to
"=
5. 09
zz
0.0
0000
0100
0.0200
0.0300
0400
0500
0600
0.1
1002
1 102
o.
o.
1405
0.2
2013
2115
1203
0.2218
0.2320
2423
1506
2526
o.3255
0.3360
3466
3572
4543
1607
2629
3678
4764
5897
7090
o.
8353
o.
97oo
1
1304
0.3
3"4S
3150
0.4
4108
4216 0.4325
05
0.6
5211
5438 o.5552
6485 0.6605 0.6725
7712 o. 7838 o. 7966
o. 9286
9015 0.9150
9423
4653
5782
6967
8223
956i
0409
1.0554
0847
0995
5324
6367
7586
0.7
0.8
8881
0.9
0265
1907
3356
3524
I.3093
1.2
5"95
1.3
6984
5276 1.5460
7182 1. 7381
1.4
9043
9259
1-9477
1.5
1.6
1293
1529
3756
6456
401S
2.1768
2.4276
6740 2.7027
9422
2682
9734
3.0049
3"25
3-3372
6846
8094
1.0700
2063
1752
I.I
1.9
5666
0.
1.0
1.7
1.8
o.4434
144
o.
0701
0801
o.
1708
1810
o.
2733
o.
8484
9840
2837
3892
4986
6131
7336
8615
9981
I.
1294
1446
o.
3785
4875
o.
6014
o.
7213
1.2862
2379
2539
2700
4035
4208
5831
7786
6019
9919
0143
4382 1.4558
6209 1.6400
8198 I 8406
0369 2.0597
2251
2496
2743
454o
4806
5075
7317
7904
0367
7609
0689
3722
4075
4432
5346 2.5620
8202 2.8503
1340 3.1671
3-5156
4792
,2220
3863
5645
7583
9697
2008
7991
1013
2.2993
2.0
6269
7803
8196
8593
3-
4-
7028
1056
74i4
0219
6647
0635
3-
2.1
1480
1909
2342
2779
4- 3221
2.2
457i
5"3"
4-
5494
5962
6434
6912
7394
4-
2.3
937"
2.4
4662
9876 5- 0387
5221 5- 5785
2.5
2.6
0502
1118
6.
6947
4063
7628
6.
8315
4814 7- 5572
2483 5- 3020
8097 5- 8689
6. 4946
4293
7- 1854
1132
8683 7- 9480
1919
2749
8.
0596
15
9- 2437
2-7
2.8
2.9
30
10.018
10.
3-1
11.076
11.
3-2
12.246
33
13-
1 2
119
188
741
3586
10.221
11.
301
0903
1425
i95i
6354
2369
6929
75io
3004
3645
9009
9709
0417
6338
7112
4432
5287
337i
4315
7894
6150
5268
10.
324
10.
429
II.
4i5
11.
53"
12.
620
12.
538
14.965
16.543
18. 285
12.369
i3-674
15.116
16.709
18.470
37
20.211
20.415
20.
620
20.
828
38
22.339
22.564
22.
791
23-
020
39
24.691
24.939
25.190
3-4
35
36
12.494
io-
534
41
5.0
27. 290
30. 162
74. 203
30.
74. 949
75.702
8. 7902
6231
9- 7203
640
14.377
10,
ii,
13
14,
1911
2941
4000
5098
6248
746i
8748
0122
1598
3025
3190
4735
4914
6593
8617
0827
6788
8829
3245
3499
1059
5896
6i75
8806
9112
2005
2341
5523
5894
9398
3666
8372
3562
9288
5607
2583
0285
8791
8185
9806
4117
8868
4109
9892
6274
3319
1098
9689
9177
I5-893 16
17.567 i7- 744 I7-923 18. 103
19.418 19. 613 19. 81 1 20. 010
21,
21.
679 21.897 22.117
21.463
037 21.249
961
24. 202
23.486
24.445
722
23.
23
23- 252
25. 700 25-958 26.219 26. 483 26. 749 27.018
7880
7021
11.647 11.764
747 12.876 13.006
25- 444
10.
8993
0901
76.463 77.
232
266
78. 008
39.122
39-5I5
43-238
47- 787
52.813
58.369
64.508
7L293
78. 792
79-
584
80.
40.314
384 81.192
TABLE
Xim.
"
LOGARITHMS
COMMON
OF
FUNCTION
Sinh
n,
from
"
267
to
"
5.09
THE
BOLIC
HYPER-
TABLE
XIVs.-
Coah
"
(e11+ 9-u)
from
n-oto't
TABLE
XIV6.
"
OF
LOGARITHMS
COMMON
FUNCTION
Cosh
n,
from
269
to
zr
"
5. 09
THE
BOLIC
HYPER-
TABLE
XVa.
"
NATURAL
FUNCTION
TABLE
XV"."
from
OF
n
Tanh
from
270
OF
zz
HYPERBOLIC
THE
to
LOGARITHMS
COMMON
FUNCTION
VALUES
Tanh
to
n"
2.39.
THE
n
HYPERBOLIC
=
2.39.
271
CONSTANTS
CONSTANTS.
Common
Numerical
Logarithm
Value
of
Ratio
circumference
of
diameter
of
Area
of
is
radius
the
of
sphere
is
diameter
which
of
circle
to
circle,
which
the
base
0.4971499
the
i.
Base
Exponential
The
3141S92653589793
t=
i,
Surface
of
e=
2.71828
18284
59045
logio"=
M=
O.43429
44819
O3252
2.30258
50929
94046
99956
63981
Natural
0.4342945
Logarithms.
Modulus
of
Common
Logarithms
log#
logio2
o.
log.
O.69314
71805
59945
logio3
O.47712
I2547
I9662
log.
I.
O9861
22886
68l
I.
14472
98858
494OO
29577
95i3o
1.
3437'. 74677
07849
3-5362739
80624
70964
5.3144251
log,
Radius
expressed
in
degrees
in
minutes
in
seconds
10=
of
3
T
30102
57"-
arc
206264".
19943
08882
08666
0.00000
48481
3681
09536
0.00000
48481
3681
07637
0.00000
48481
36811
0.00029
7581226
2.2418774
32925
0.01745
IO
4.
15234
4637261
6.6855749
272
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
WEIGHTS
AND
MEASURES.
I.
60
seconds
60
24
Time.
(s.)
minute
minutes
hour
hours
mean
Seconds.
Second
(m.),
(h.)"
solar
day
(d.).
Hours.
Minutes.
Day.
60
Minute
60
3600
Hour
86400
Day
H.
24
1440
Arc
or
(*)
minute
Angle.
('),
60
seconds
60
minutes
degree
90
degrees
quadrant,
quadrants
circumference
("),
3600
Correspondence
of Time
rt/~o
1296000*.
Arc.
and
i"=
21600'
m.
i'=4s.
1"=
-faof
one
second
of
time.
WEIGHTS
AND
Long
HI.
inches
12
(in.)
feet
5l yards
i6ifeet
8
into
feet=
1
(ft.),
yard (yd.)
ToaVa')"
in
standard
States
yard=
nautical
9
3
or
square
inches
square
feet
*, ^
"
2723
square
160 square
640
feet
is
States
than
mile
the
(also
Earth's
of
copy
called
long,
the
old
standard
Yards.
a
It
equator.
",
feet
"
acre
square
square
square
=1
rods
=10
rod=
(sq. ft.),
yard (sq. yd.),
rod
acre
square
square
(sq.
rd.),
\
/"
m
(A.),
square
625
foot
square
H
acres
Measure.
(sq.in.)
is
English
yard now
miles.
Square
and
6 feet.
Imperial
Imperial
rods
or
fathom
miles.
IV.
144
furlong (f.)
mile
(m.).
1.000024
geographical, nautical, or
of longitude on
the
land
statute
or
1.
152664
=
sea
League
is 66
by surveyors,
mile.
A
chains
1
80
minute
one
United
A
100
standard
The
standard
used
links.
furlongs
used
Chain,
Gunter's
divided
foot
="
rods
40
Measure*
or
278
MEASURES
chains,
links.
mile
(sq. m.).
274
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
V.
1728 cubic
Cord
Cord-foot
4' X
Perch
of
feet
4' X
8'=
128
4'X
4'X
i'=
masonry
pint (pt.)
pints
quart
1'=
quarts
gallon (gal.)~
28.
(qt.)
old
cubic
24.75
feet,
875 cubic
57-75
cubic
inches,
cubic
inches.
231
wine
of
gallon
inches,
England,
and
contains
Fah., barometer
620
at
in
England, contains
277. 274
perature
weighed in air at teminches, weighs 10 pounds avoirdupois
inches.
30
water
grains.
70,000
United
feet.
The
cubic
inches.
cubic
231
cubic
Measure.
Liquid
is the
(cu. ft.),
feet
Gallon
foot
iJ'X
gills
States
cubic
cubic
16
United
feet.
25 cubic
VI.
The
cubic
i6J'X
usually assumed"
but
Measure.
(cu. jn.)=
inches
27 cubic
Cubic
ditions, weighs
of
Gallon
States
distilled water,
pounds
8.33
avoirdupois,
weighed
(more
or
under
the
same
con-
exactly) 58317.798
grains.
hogshead
A
The
measures
ratio
63 United
contains
of
of the
United
States
VII.
The
in
The
liquid measures
nearly as
Dry
pints
quart (qt.)
*=
quarts
peck (pk.)
pecks
bushel
United
States
and
Bushel
Imperial Bushel,
2218.
192
the
cubic
(bu.)
is the
it contains
to
5 to
Imperial
cubic
inches,
537.6
cubic
inches,
cubic
inches.
2150.
42
cubic
present standard
inches.
the
liquid
6.
67. 2
42
Winchester
2150.
Measure.
England;
gallons"
gallons, or
is very
name
same
States
Bushel,
formerly
the
ard
stand-
inches.
in
England,
contains
rial
Impe-
WEIGHTS
Imperial Gallon
U.
Gallon
S.
Imperial
U.
231.000
-"
2218.
Bushel"
Bushel
S.
277. 274
192
2150.420
"
Vm.
States
United
and
English
of
Comparison
275
MSASURB8
AND
cubic
inches"
Units
cubic
inches
="
inches
cubic
inches
U.
2003
1.
cubic
of
Capacity.
S. Gallons.
0.8331
Imperial
1.0315
U.
0.9695
Imperial Bushels.
Gallon.
S. Bushels.
Weights.
Avoirdupois
Grains.
16
drachms
16
ounces
(dr.)
4 quarters
hundred
20
The
Ton
Long
weight
Gross
or
pounds,
112
ounce
pound (lb.)
25 pounds
quarter
"=
hundred
ton.
contains
Ton
and
the
(02.)
quarter
437.5,
7000,
(qr.),
weight (cwt.),
pounds,
2240
28 pounds.
""
making
the
weight
hundred-
contains
pound, which
grains. One
7000
in
air
620
at
weighed
Fah.,
temperature
Therefore
barometer
dupois
avoirat
inches,
one
weighs
252.458
grains.
30
of disinches
cubic
tilled
as
pound of matter
weighs the same
27. 7274
stated.
water
weighed under the conditions above
The
unit
principal
cubic
of
inch
distilled
of
Weight
barometer
the
water
foot
cubic
tilled water,
Roughly,
is
of
temperature
}
"
in.
30
foot
cubic
of water
weighs
Troy
"24
grains (gr.)
20
12
The
(ingrains,
in
ounces,
1000
pennyweight
pennyweights
ounce
ounces
pound
Pound
"
137
62.321
62} pounds.
or
(dwt.),
(oz.),
(lb.).
5760 grains.
Apothecaries' Weights.
grains (gr.)
scruple O),
scruples
drachm
drachms
ounce
Apothecaries*
997.
Weights.
1
X.
20
oz.
Troy
436247.424
avoir.,
(in lb. avoir.,
"
IX.
The
dis-
620,
"
is identical
ounce
(3),
(5)-
with
Troy
the
ounce,
contains
each
480 grains.
The
brass
copy
actual
standard
deposited in
of the
United
the
of
weight
United
English standard,
States
Standard
in
States
but
Troy
the
United
It
Mint.
has
Pound"
been
States
found
is
intended
was
to
Troy
to
pound
be
an
of
exact
be slightlyless heavy.
Pound.
276
MATHEMATICAL
HANDBOOK
SYSTEM.
METRIC
"
XI.
Measure.
Long
Principal unit}
Myriameter
Kilometer
Hectometer
"=
Dekameter
i
i
(km.)
i,ooom
"
io"
Decimeter
im
o"1.
om.
Square
Hectare
i
i
i
Cubic
HectoKter
Dekaliter
Liter
i,ooo,ooon"
10,000m*
room*
Stere
(".W
i"*
on*1. 01
o"*1. oooi
o"n*. oooooi
of
volume
unit, the
or
Liter,
Meter
Cubk
(daU
i
t
MilHSter=
Cubic
Prirvirvju
i
Decimeter
M:*.l"rr=
"
(X*=i
Microliter
Milometer
capacity.
/-
(hi.)
Cubic
vO"
"
Deciliter
v"iD
Centiliter
v"-^
a.
Measure.
measures
Principal
KUotiter-
Are,
=*
Including all
the
Kilometer
Xm.
ooi
Measure.
Square
(km.*)
Are
(ha.)= ioo
Are
(a.)
Centare"
Meter
i Square
(dm.1)
Square decimeter
(cm.*)
Square centimeter
(mm.,)=
Square millimeter
om.oi
Principal unit,
ioom
(m.)
(dm.)
Centimeter
(cm.)"
Millimeter
(mm.)
Meter
XII.
m.
=io,ooom
Meter,
the
Cubic
Centimeter
vmnrM
urits.
i
ihe
*"
foam,
Tcctxm;:"
"
i
xad
Metric
:be
Kilogram,
Tcc=
ircc*c
*".
277
GRAVITATION
of Congress,
Act
By
Meter
Kilogram*
2.
Liter
39. 37
"
inches.
pounds avoirdupois,
2046
0.908
i
Gram
iS-4322
Liter
61
of
force
The
falling body
place,
but
latitude
at
sea
the
and
with
level
range
of
place
the
is the
place
to
32.088
g=
by
above
the
feet
at
/ is the
The
(1+
sin* /
005302
o.
of g
value
o.
"
the Equator
at
computed
of
values
gravity
the
by
mean
Equator
has
to
one
the
values
32.258
g=
at
computed
been
by
000007
9.
sin* 2/),
78046
32.08807
meters
feet,
g0 is the
radius
value
of
of
the
Computed
Earth
at
sea
level
may
be
corrected
for
tude,
alti-
formula
the
the
which
any
with
earth
computed
Its
freely
latitude.
approximately,
wherein
level.
the
gravity Formula,
and
of
to
for
is constant
surface
sea
below,
table
the
force
the
on
velocity imparted
the
by
This
time.
elevation
from
Helmert's
g"
wherein
from
shown
as
is measured
of
inches.
cubic
of Gravitation.
Force
second
one
varies
Poles,
means
gravitation
in
measure.
grains.
023
The
quarts, dry
measure
"0(1I-32-j,
at
sea
Values
level, k is the
20,886,852
altitude
of
feet.
of Gravity
at
Sea
Level,
the
place, and
278
HANDBOOK
MATHEMATICAL
Observed
Observed
taken
from
for
the
and
1894
of
values
for
of
Report
United
feet,
Gravity.
important
some
the
into
changed
of
Values
in
the
United
the
and
Coast
States
given
are
in
places
SI
Geodetic
Si
table.
following
Place.
Boston.
.
Philadelphia
Washington
Cleveland
.
Cincinnati
.
Chicago
Louis.
St.
At
The
At
Paris,
At
Berlin,
of
value
ties, printed
other
made
by
the
are
value
the
of
France,
the
next
the
basis,
pi
the
numbers
differences
in
They
g.
the
corresponding
values
of
expressed
relation
by
of
the
gravity
28'
38^
latitude
48
50
52
30
17
the
basis
32.
If
16.
alterations
of
in
of
in
the
due
the
the
"=32.
of
the
r2=
length
to
0.01
Velodany
use
easily
can
be
numbers
These
of
change
Seconds
foot
fractional
in
part
the
of
to
the
Pendulum.
length
of
the
seconds
equation
p=
of
desirable
Agv.
as
1937
Table
the
values
order
same
g=
32.1843
be
column
to
32.
of
it
1908
g=
v.
/"r2=
wherein
as
given
value
The
The
the
decimals
are
510
taken
is
page
as
means
been
has
latitude
latitude
Germany,
which
on
of
value
England,
Greenwich,
of
9.8696044,
g,
pendulum
log10
beating
*"*=
seconds,
0.9942997.
pendulum
is
VELOCITY,
v,
BODY
IK
FEET
FALLING
PER
ACQUIRED
SECOND,
THROUGH
BY
FEET.
79